WO2016152369A1 - Mold release film - Google Patents

Mold release film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016152369A1
WO2016152369A1 PCT/JP2016/055619 JP2016055619W WO2016152369A1 WO 2016152369 A1 WO2016152369 A1 WO 2016152369A1 JP 2016055619 W JP2016055619 W JP 2016055619W WO 2016152369 A1 WO2016152369 A1 WO 2016152369A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
release
film
release film
group
layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/055619
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
太朗 鈴木
Original Assignee
三菱樹脂株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015059601A external-priority patent/JP6488805B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015067802A external-priority patent/JP2016188265A/en
Priority claimed from JP2015067803A external-priority patent/JP6488819B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015067804A external-priority patent/JP2016187871A/en
Application filed by 三菱樹脂株式会社 filed Critical 三菱樹脂株式会社
Priority to KR1020177020503A priority Critical patent/KR101998239B1/en
Priority to CN201680014093.0A priority patent/CN107428135B/en
Publication of WO2016152369A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016152369A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/40Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by release liners
    • C09J7/401Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by release liners characterised by the release coating composition
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/042Coating with two or more layers, where at least one layer of a composition contains a polymer binder
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/043Improving the adhesiveness of the coatings per se, e.g. forming primers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/044Forming conductive coatings; Forming coatings having anti-static properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/046Forming abrasion-resistant coatings; Forming surface-hardening coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/10Adhesives in the form of films or foils without carriers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • C09J7/25Plastics; Metallised plastics based on macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J7/255Polyesters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2367/00Characterised by the use of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2483/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2483/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08J2483/06Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/318Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for the production of liquid crystal displays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2467/00Presence of polyester
    • C09J2467/006Presence of polyester in the substrate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2483/00Presence of polysiloxane
    • C09J2483/005Presence of polysiloxane in the release coating

Definitions

  • the present invention is particularly suitable for applications where light peeling is required for protecting various pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the amount of oligomer precipitation is extremely small.
  • the adhesive layer is attached via a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • PDP plasma display panel
  • organic electroluminescence The present invention relates to a release film suitable for various display component production applications, such as production of various display components (hereinafter abbreviated as organic EL), and the like.
  • a release film based on a polyester film is used for manufacturing a capacitive touch panel, etc., for various purposes to be bonded via an adhesive layer, LCD polarizing plate, retardation plate manufacturing, PDP component It is used for various optical applications such as for manufacturing, for manufacturing organic EL components, for manufacturing various display components.
  • various display components particularly LCD polarizing plates
  • the release film and the thin polarizing plate have a high peeling force and cannot be peeled off successfully. If the release film cannot be peeled off successfully from the thin polarizing plate, the yield decreases, which is a problem.
  • the substrate-less double-sided PSA sheet consists of a laminate structure in which a light release film with a relatively low peel strength and a heavy release film with a relatively high peel strength are laminated on both sides of the adhesive layer. After the removal, the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet becomes only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having no supporting substrate.
  • the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet As a method of using the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, first, the light release film is peeled off, and one surface of the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is adhered to the object surface of the other side to be bonded, and after the adhesion, the heavy release film is further peeled off, A processing step in which the other surface of the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is bonded to a different object surface, whereby the objects are surface-bonded is exemplified.
  • the baseless double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has attracted attention because of its good workability, and its application is expanding. It is also used for members for various optical applications such as mobile phones.
  • a capacitive touch panel is rapidly expanding its application as an information terminal by a multi-touch operation in which a screen operation is performed with two fingers. Since the capacitive touch panel tends to have a thicker printing step than the resistive film method, a proposal has been made to eliminate the printing step by thickening the adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is made thick, when the release film is peeled off, a part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adheres to the release film, or air bubbles are mixed into the part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer transferred to the release film.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the solution is that the releasability from the pressure-sensitive adhesive is good, the amount of oligomer precipitation is extremely small, the migration is small, for example, the capacitance method For manufacturing various display components such as for manufacturing touch panel, LCD components such as polarizing plates and retardation plates used in liquid crystal displays (LCDs), plasma display panel components, and organic electroluminescence components
  • another object of the present invention is to provide a release film suitable for various adhesive layer protecting applications.
  • the gist of the present invention is that a polyester film has a silicone-based release layer formed from a coating solution containing a reactive silicone resin having a functional group, an unreactive silicone resin, and a platinum-based catalyst. It exists in the release film characterized by this.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a release polyester film having good release properties with an adhesive, very little oligomer precipitation, and low migration, and its industrial value is high.
  • the polyester film referred to in the present invention is a film obtained by stretching a sheet melt-extruded from an extrusion die according to a so-called extrusion method.
  • the polyester constituting the above film refers to a polymer containing an ester group obtained by polycondensation from dicarboxylic acid and diol or from hydroxycarboxylic acid.
  • Dicarboxylic acids include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, etc.
  • diols include ethylene glycol, 1,4-butane. Examples include diol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, and polyethylene glycol.
  • hydroxycarboxylic acid examples include p-hydroxybenzoic acid and 6-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid. be able to.
  • Typical examples of such polymers include polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate.
  • the kind of the particle to be blended is not particularly limited as long as it is a particle capable of imparting slipperiness.
  • Specific examples thereof include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, and phosphoric acid.
  • the particles include magnesium, kaolin, aluminum oxide, and titanium oxide.
  • heat-resistant organic particles as described in JP-B-59-5216, JP-A-59-217755 and the like may be used.
  • thermosetting urea resins examples include thermosetting urea resins, thermosetting phenol resins, thermosetting epoxy resins, benzoguanamine resins, and the like.
  • precipitated particles obtained by precipitating and finely dispersing a part of a metal compound such as a catalyst during the polyester production process can also be used.
  • the shape of the particles to be used is not particularly limited, and any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like may be used. Moreover, there is no restriction
  • the average particle size of the particles used is usually in the range of 0.01 to 3 ⁇ m, preferably 0.1 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the slipperiness may not be sufficiently imparted.
  • the thickness exceeds 3 ⁇ m, transparency may be lowered due to the aggregate of the particles when the film is formed, and it is easy to cause breakage, which causes a problem in terms of productivity. There is.
  • the content of particles in the polyester is usually 0.001 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 3% by weight.
  • the particle content is less than 0.001% by weight, the slipperiness of the film may be insufficient.
  • the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transparency of the film is insufficient. There is a case.
  • the method for adding particles to the polyester layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted.
  • it can be added at any stage for producing the polyester constituting each layer, but it is preferably added after completion of esterification or transesterification.
  • a method of blending a slurry of particles dispersed in ethylene glycol or water with a vented kneading extruder and a polyester raw material, or a blending of dried particles and a polyester raw material using a kneading extruder is done by methods.
  • antioxidants In addition to the above-mentioned particles, conventionally known antioxidants, antistatic agents, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, dyes, pigments, and the like can be added to the polyester film in the present invention as necessary.
  • the thickness of the polyester film in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film, but is usually in the range of 10 to 350 ⁇ m, preferably 15 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the release film of the present invention has an oligomer amount (OL) of 2.0 mg / m 2 or less on the release layer surface after heating at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes.
  • the amount of oligomer after heating is determined by washing the surface of the release film at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes with 4 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide), and determining the amount of oligomer in the DMF by liquid chromatography.
  • the value can be measured as the film surface oligomer amount (mg / m 2 ) divided by the film area contacted with DMF.
  • a method of reducing the amount of oligomer in the polyester by solid phase polymerization of the polyester there are a method of providing a coating layer for preventing oligomer precipitation, and the like.
  • it is effective to provide the coating layer with a function of preventing oligomer precipitation.
  • Various methods can be used to prevent oligomer precipitation. For example, there is a method of containing an organic compound containing aluminum in the coating layer, but the method is not limited thereto.
  • a production example of the polyester film in the present invention will be specifically described, but it is not limited to the following production examples. That is, a method of using the polyester raw material described above and cooling and solidifying a molten sheet extruded from a die with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferable. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method is preferably employed. Next, the obtained unstretched sheet is stretched in the biaxial direction. In that case, first, the unstretched sheet is stretched in one direction by a roll or a tenter type stretching machine.
  • the stretching temperature is usually 90 to 140 ° C., preferably 95 to 120 ° C., and the stretching ratio is usually 2.5 to 7 times, preferably 3.0 to 6 times.
  • the film is stretched in the direction perpendicular to the first stretching direction.
  • the stretching temperature is usually 90 to 170 ° C.
  • the stretching ratio is usually 3.0 to 7 times, preferably 3.5 to 6 times. is there.
  • heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 180 to 270 ° C. under tension or relaxation within 30% to obtain a biaxially oriented film.
  • a method in which stretching in one direction is performed in two or more stages can be employed. In that case, it is preferable to carry out so that the draw ratios in the two directions finally fall within the above ranges.
  • a simultaneous biaxial stretching method is a method in which the above-mentioned unstretched sheet is stretched and oriented in the machine direction and the width direction at a temperature controlled usually at 90 to 140 ° C., preferably 80 to 110 ° C. Is 4 to 50 times, preferably 7 to 35 times, and more preferably 10 to 25 times in terms of area magnification. Subsequently, heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 170 to 250 ° C. under tension or under relaxation within 30% to obtain a stretched oriented film.
  • a conventionally known stretching method such as a screw method, a pantograph method, or a linear driving method can be employed.
  • the method for forming the coating layer on the surface of the polyester film is not particularly limited, but a method of coating the coating solution in the process of producing the polyester film is suitably employed. Specifically, a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of an unstretched sheet, a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of a uniaxially stretched film, and a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of a biaxially stretched film Etc. Among these, it is economical to apply a coating solution on the surface of an unstretched film or a uniaxially stretched film, and then simultaneously dry and cure the coating layer in the process of heat-treating the film.
  • a method for forming the coating layer a method in which some of the above-described coating methods are used in combination can be adopted as necessary. Specifically, a method of applying a first layer on the surface of an unstretched sheet and drying, then stretching in a uniaxial direction, and then applying and drying a second layer can be used. Use the reverse roll coater, gravure coater, rod coater, air doctor coater, etc. shown in “Coating Method” by Yuji Harasaki, Tsuji Shoten, published in 1979, as a method of applying the coating solution to the surface of the polyester film. Can do.
  • the coating layer constituting the release film of the present invention contains an organosilicon compound in order to improve the oligomer precipitation preventing property and to improve the coating film adhesion between the release layer and the polyester film over time. It is preferable to use an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • X is an organic group having at least one selected from an epoxy group, a mercapto group, a (meth) acryloyl group, an alkenyl group, a haloalkyl group and an amino group
  • R1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and has a carbon number 1 to 10
  • Y is a hydrolyzable group
  • d is an integer of 1 or 2
  • e is an integer of 2 or 3
  • f is an integer of 0 or 1
  • d + e + f 4.
  • the organosilicon compound represented by the general formula (1) has two hydrolyzable groups Y (D unit source) or three (T unit) capable of forming a siloxane bond by hydrolysis / condensation reaction. Source) can be used.
  • the monovalent hydrocarbon group R 1 has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
  • hydrolyzable group Y conventionally known ones can be used, and the following can be exemplified.
  • These hydrolyzable groups may be used alone or in combination.
  • the application of a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is particularly preferable because it can impart good storage stability to the coating material and has suitable hydrolyzability.
  • organosilicon compound contained in the coating layer examples include vinyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, ⁇ - (3 , 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 5-hexenyltri Methoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldiisopropenoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxy
  • an organic compound containing aluminum is added to the coating layer. It is preferable to contain.
  • organic compound having an aluminum element examples include aluminum tris (acetylacetonate), aluminum monoacetylacetonate bis (ethylacetoacetate), aluminum-di-n-butoxide-monoethylacetoacetate, aluminum di- Examples include iso-propoxide monomethyl acetoacetate, aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate) and the like.
  • the amount of the aluminum compound contained in the coating layer is usually 0.001 to 70% by weight, preferably 5 to 35% by weight, and more preferably 5 to 15% by weight.
  • the amount of the aluminum compound is 0.001% by weight or less, the curing reaction of the coating layer does not proceed rapidly, and the coating film adhesion on the release surface after forming the release layer on the coating layer is deteriorated.
  • the amount of the aluminum compound is 70% by weight or more, the aluminum compound remaining in the coating layer does not participate in the curing reaction of the coating layer and prevents the release layer from being cured, and the coating film adheres to the release surface. Sexuality may worsen.
  • the coating layer can also contain an organic compound having a metal element other than the aluminum element.
  • an organic tin compound is preferable.
  • organotin compounds include dibutyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin diacetate, dibutyltin dioctate, dibutyltin dioleate, diphenyltin diacetate, dibutyltin oxide, dibutyltin dimethoxide, dibutylbis (triethoxysiloxy) tin, dibutyltin benzylmalate, dioctyl Examples thereof include tin diacetate and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • inorganic particles may be contained for the purpose of improving the adhesion and slipperiness of the coating layer, and specific examples include silica, alumina, kaolin, calcium carbonate, titanium oxide, barium salt and the like.
  • an antifoaming agent a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, organic polymer particles, an antioxidant, a UV absorber foaming agent, a dye, and the like may be contained as necessary.
  • only one type of organic solvent may be used for the purpose of improving dispersibility, improving film forming property, etc., and two or more types may be used as appropriate.
  • the coating amount (after drying) of the coating layer provided on the polyester film constituting the release film in the present invention is usually 0.005 to 1 g / m 2 , preferably 0.005 to 0.5 g / m 2 . is there.
  • the coating amount (after drying) is less than 0.005 g / m 2 , the uniformity of coating thickness may be insufficient, and the amount of oligomer deposited from the coating layer surface may increase after heat treatment. .
  • problems such as a decrease in slipperiness may occur.
  • the curing conditions for forming the coating layer on the polyester film are not particularly limited.
  • the coating layer is provided by off-line coating, usually at 60 to 200 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds
  • the heat treatment is preferably performed at 80 to 180 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds as a guide.
  • the type of release layer curable silicone resin to be formed on the outermost layer of one of the polyester films obtained in the present invention is any of addition type, condensation type, ultraviolet curable type, electron beam curable type, solventless type, etc.
  • the reaction type can also be used.
  • silicone resins having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as functional groups used in the present invention include the following.
  • a curable silicone resin containing an alkenyl group is a diorganopolysiloxane having a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (96 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 4 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit).
  • Dimethylvinylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (97 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 3 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit), dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenyl blocked with dimethylhexenylsiloxy group blocked at both ends of the molecular chain Siloxane copolymers (95 mol% of dimethylsiloxane units and 5 mol% of methylhexenylsiloxane units) can be mentioned.
  • Genpolysiloxanes include trimethylsiloxy group-capped methylhydrogen polysiloxane with both molecular chains, trimethylsiloxy group-capped dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane copolymer with both molecular chains, and dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped methylhydro with molecular chains.
  • an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable.
  • the chemical structure is shown by the general formula (I), it may be a linear structure or a branched structure.
  • the introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
  • a and b each represent a positive integer.
  • an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable.
  • the chemical structure is shown by the general formula (II), but it may be a linear structure or a branched structure.
  • the introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
  • c and d each represent a positive integer.
  • the silicone resin having a hydrosilyl group used in the present invention is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (III).
  • the chemical structure is shown by the general formula (III), but it may be a linear structure or a branched structure.
  • the introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
  • e and f each represent a positive integer.
  • silicone resin having a hexenyl group and the silicone resin having a vinyl polymer group are divided into the formulas (I) and (II), a hexenyl group and a vinyl polymer group may be contained in one organopolysiloxane.
  • the phenyl group is not necessarily contained in the hexenyl group and vinyl group-containing silicone resin, and one organopolysiloxane may contain the phenyl group.
  • the ratio of hexenyl group, vinyl group, phenyl group, and hydrosilyl group contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is as follows.
  • the hydrosilyl group is 100
  • the hexenyl group is 35 to 65
  • the vinyl group is 5 to 35
  • the phenyl group is 1
  • it is ⁇ 20.
  • the hexenyl group is 45 to 55
  • the vinyl group is 15 to 25
  • the phenyl group is 2 to 10.
  • the silicone curing reaction becomes insufficient, the peel force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that it does not peel off cleanly. is there.
  • the hexenyl group exceeds 65, the number of cross-linking points increases in the silicone curing, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film cannot be peeled cleanly from the adhesive.
  • the vinyl group is less than 15, the silicone curing reaction becomes insufficient, the peel force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that the film cannot be peeled cleanly. is there.
  • the vinyl group exceeds 35, the number of cross-linking points increases in the silicone curing, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film cannot be peeled cleanly from the adhesive.
  • the silicone film becomes soft, the peeling force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that the silicone film does not peel off beautifully.
  • the silicone film becomes too hard, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film does not peel off from the adhesive.
  • the number of dimethylsilyl groups (a in general formula (I), c in general formula (II), and f in general formula (III)) contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is preferably 2000 or more and 5000 or less. More preferably, 3000 or more and 4000 or less are preferable. If it is less than 2000, the molecular weight is small, and problems such as transfer of unreacted silicone to the adhesive layer may occur. If it exceeds 5000, the molecular weight is too large, the curing reaction does not proceed smoothly, and the desired release characteristics may not be obtained.
  • an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 50,000 to 100,000.
  • the unreactive silicone resin is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (IV).
  • g represents a positive integer.
  • the unreactive silicone resin contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight.
  • the content of the unreactive silicone resin is lower than 1%, light peeling does not occur, and when it exceeds 5% by weight, the curability is remarkably lowered and the adhesion is also deteriorated.
  • silicone oil may be added to reduce the peeling force.
  • the silicone oil is a silicone oil called a straight silicone oil or a modified silicone oil, and examples thereof include the following.
  • the straight silicone include dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, and the like.
  • modified silicone oil side chain type polyether modified, aralkyl modified, fluoroalkyl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher fatty acid amide modified, polyether / long chain alkyl modified / aralkyl modified, Examples include phenyl modification, polyether modification at both ends, and polyether / methoxy modification.
  • the silicone oil component contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight.
  • the content of the silicone oil component is lower than 1%, the speed dependency becomes high.
  • the content exceeds 5% by weight the transferability is high, and the adhesive peels off when the adhesive is processed. Etc. will occur.
  • the residual adhesion rate with the 31B tape is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 85% or more. If the residual adhesive rate is lower than 80%, the transferability is high, and the adhesive may be transferred to roll dirt or the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface during processing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, resulting in a decrease in pressure-sensitive adhesive peeling force.
  • the peeling force with a 31B tape at 300 mm / min is preferably 10 to 20 mN / cm.
  • the peeling force at 300 mm / min exceeds 20 mN / cm, there may be a problem that the release film does not peel off from the adhesive.
  • the peeling force at 30000 mm / min with the 31B tape is preferably less than 80 mN / cm. If the peeling force at 30000 mm / min exceeds 80 mN / cm, there may be a problem that when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, it cannot be peeled cleanly.
  • any of the curing reaction types such as an addition type, a condensation type, an ultraviolet curable type, an electron beam curable type, and a solventless type can be used.
  • Specific examples include KS-774, KS-775, KS-778, KS-779H, KS-847H, KS-856, X-62-2422, X-62-2461, X, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • a conventionally known coating method such as reverse roll coating, gravure coating, bar coating, doctor blade coating, or the like can be used.
  • the coating amount of the release layer in the present invention is usually in the range of 0.01 to 1 g / m 2 .
  • a coating layer such as an adhesive layer, an antistatic layer and an oligomer precipitation preventing layer may be provided on the surface where the release layer is not provided, and the polyester film may be subjected to corona treatment, plasma treatment, etc. A surface treatment may be applied.
  • a platinum-based catalyst that promotes an addition-type reaction is used in order to make the release layer clean and robust.
  • chloroplatinic acid alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid, a complex of chloroplatinic acid and olefin, a platinum compound such as a complex of chloroplatinic acid and alkenylsiloxane, platinum black, platinum-supported silica, platinum-supported activated carbon Is exemplified.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is usually 0.3 to 3.0% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 2.0% by weight.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is lower than 0.3% by weight, there may be problems such as deterioration of the surface condition due to insufficient peeling force and insufficient curing reaction in the coating layer.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer exceeds 3.0% by weight, the cost is increased, and the process becomes defective due to increased reactivity and generation of gel foreign matter. Sometimes.
  • acetylene alcohol may be added as a reaction inhibitor in some cases.
  • the component is an organic compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond and a hydroxyl group, but preferably 3-methyl-1-butyn-3-ol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexyn-3-ol, and phenylbuty It is a compound selected from the group consisting of nor.
  • the peeling force refers to a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive tape (“No. 31B” manufactured by Nitto Denko) attached to the release layer surface and left at room temperature for 1 hour, and then the substrate film and the peeling angle of 180 °.
  • the method for adjusting the specific peeling force in the present invention can be achieved by selecting the composition in the release layer, but other means can also be adopted, mainly the type of release agent for the silicone release layer. Is preferably changed according to the desired peeling force, and furthermore, since the peeling force largely depends on the application amount of the release agent to be used, a method of adjusting the application amount of the release agent is more preferable.
  • the low speed peel force in the 300 mm / min speed region is usually in the range of 10 to 20 mN / cm.
  • the peeling force is less than 10 mN / cm, there may be a problem that the peeling force becomes too light and easily peels even in a scene where it is not necessary to peel off. If the peel force exceeds 20 mN / cm, the difference in peel force between the release film with the greater peel force will be small, causing problems in the peel process, and the selection range for the release film with the greater peel force will be narrow. Sometimes it becomes.
  • the high-speed peeling force in the 60000 mm / min speed region taking into consideration workability is usually 90 mN / cm or less.
  • the peeling force is greater than 90 mN / cm, the difference in peeling force with the release film having the heavier peeling force becomes small, and peeling may not be performed well in the peeling process, or the adhesive may be peeled off.
  • the amount of polyester oligomer (OL) extracted from the release layer surface with dimethylformamide is usually 2.0 mg / m 2 or less, preferably 1 0.0 mg / m 2 or less.
  • the OL exceeds 2.0 mg / m 2 , for example, when the liquid crystal component is manufactured, the adhesive layer is used for protecting the adhesive layer, the transparency of the adhesive is lowered, the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer is reduced, or optical evaluation is performed. There may be problems such as causing trouble in the accompanying inspection process.
  • the value measured by the FP (Fundamental Parameter Method) method using a fluorescent X-ray measuring device as the amount of aluminum element contained in the coating layer is 0 so that OL satisfies the above range. .2 kcps or more, more preferably 0.5 kcps or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 kcps or more.
  • the amount of aluminum element is less than 0.2 kcps, the desired oligomer sealing performance may not be obtained.
  • oligomer is defined as a cyclic trimer among low molecular weight polyesters that crystallize and precipitate on the film surface after heat treatment.
  • the polyester film constituting the two types of release films in the present invention (hereinafter, the one having a smaller peel force may be referred to as a first release film and the one having a greater release desire may be referred to as a second release film) is a single layer. It may be a configuration or a laminated configuration. For example, it may be a multi-layer of 4 layers or more as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention other than a 2-layer or 3-layer configuration, and is particularly limited. It is not a thing.
  • the polyester used for the polyester film may be a homopolyester or a copolyester.
  • a homopolyester those obtained by polycondensation of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and an aliphatic glycol are preferred.
  • aromatic dicarboxylic acid examples include terephthalic acid and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
  • aliphatic glycol examples include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • examples of the dicarboxylic acid component of the copolyester include isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, and oxycarboxylic acid (eg, P-oxybenzoic acid).
  • examples of the glycol component include one or more types such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, neopentyl glycol and the like.
  • the polyester referred to in the present invention refers to a polyester that is usually 60 mol% or more, preferably 80 mol% or more of polyethylene terephthalate or the like which is an ethylene terephthalate unit.
  • the kind of the particle to be blended is not particularly limited as long as it is a particle capable of imparting slipperiness.
  • Specific examples thereof include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, and phosphoric acid.
  • the particles include magnesium, kaolin, aluminum oxide, and titanium oxide.
  • the heat-resistant organic particles described in JP-B-59-5216, JP-A-59-217755 and the like may be used.
  • examples of other heat-resistant organic particles include thermosetting urea resins, thermosetting phenol resins, thermosetting epoxy resins, benzoguanamine resins, and the like.
  • precipitated particles obtained by precipitating and finely dispersing a part of a metal compound such as a catalyst during the polyester production process can also be used.
  • the shape of the particles to be used is not particularly limited, and any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like may be used. Moreover, there is no restriction
  • the average particle size of the particles used is usually in the range of 0.01 to 3 ⁇ m, preferably 0.01 to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter is less than 0.01 ⁇ m, the particles are likely to aggregate and dispersibility may be insufficient.
  • the average particle diameter exceeds 3 ⁇ m, the surface roughness of the film becomes too rough and There may be a problem when a release layer is applied in the process.
  • the particle content in the polyester layer is usually in the range of 0.001 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 3% by weight.
  • the particle content is less than 0.001% by weight, the slipperiness of the film may be insufficient.
  • the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transparency of the film is insufficient. There is.
  • the method for adding particles to the polyester layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted.
  • it can be added at any stage of producing the polyester constituting each layer, but preferably a polycondensation reaction may be carried out after the esterification stage or after the transesterification reaction.
  • a method of blending a slurry of particles dispersed in ethylene glycol or water with a vented kneading extruder and a polyester raw material, or a blending of dried particles and a polyester raw material using a kneading extruder is done by methods.
  • antioxidants In addition to the above-mentioned particles, conventionally known antioxidants, antistatic agents, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, dyes, pigments, and the like can be added to the polyester film in the present invention as necessary.
  • the thickness of the polyester film constituting the first release film and the second release film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film.
  • the first release film it is usually in the range of 25 to 75 ⁇ m, preferably 38 to 75 ⁇ m.
  • the second release film it is usually in the range of 25 to 250 ⁇ m, preferably 38 to 188 ⁇ m, more preferably 50 to 125 ⁇ m.
  • the polyester raw material described above is used and the molten sheet extruded from the die is cooled and solidified with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferable.
  • a method in which the polyester raw material described above is used and the molten sheet extruded from the die is cooled and solidified with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferable.
  • an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
  • the obtained unstretched sheet is stretched in the biaxial direction. In that case, first, the unstretched sheet is stretched in one direction by a roll or a tenter type stretching machine.
  • the stretching temperature is usually 70 to 120 ° C., preferably 80 to 110 ° C., and the stretching ratio is usually 2.5 to 7 times, preferably 3.0 to 6 times.
  • the stretching temperature orthogonal to the first-stage stretching direction is usually 70 to 170 ° C., and the draw ratio is usually 3.0 to 7 times, preferably 3.5 to 6 times.
  • heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 180 to 270 ° C. under tension or relaxation within 30% to obtain a biaxially oriented film.
  • a method in which stretching in one direction is performed in two or more stages can be employed. In that case, it is preferable to carry out so that the draw ratios in the two directions finally fall within the above ranges.
  • the simultaneous biaxial stretching method can be adopted for the production of the polyester film in the present invention.
  • the simultaneous biaxial stretching method is a method in which the unstretched sheet is usually stretched and oriented simultaneously in the machine direction and the width direction in a state where the temperature is controlled at 70 to 120 ° C, preferably 80 to 110 ° C.
  • the area magnification is 4 to 50 times, preferably 7 to 35 times, and more preferably 10 to 25 times.
  • heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 170 to 250 ° C. under tension or under relaxation within 30% to obtain a stretched oriented film.
  • a conventionally known stretching method such as a screw method, a pantograph method, or a linear driving method can be employed.
  • a so-called coating stretching method for treating the film surface during the above-described polyester film stretching step can be performed.
  • coating stretching method in-line coating
  • coating can be performed simultaneously with stretching and the thickness of the coating layer can be reduced according to the stretching ratio, producing a film suitable as a polyester film. it can.
  • the coating layer which comprises the release film in this invention contains a conductive compound (A) in order to improve antistatic properties and oligomer precipitation preventing properties.
  • a conductive compound (A) a polymer obtained by singly or copolymerizing thiophene or a thiophene derivative is preferable, and in particular, a compound made of thiophene or a thiophene derivative is doped with another anionic compound or A compound which has an anionic group in the compound and is self-doped is preferable because it exhibits excellent conductivity.
  • the compound (A) include those obtained by polymerizing a compound of the following formula (1) or (2) in the presence of a polyanion.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen element, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, Examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a cyclohexylene group, and a benzene group.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 4.
  • polythiophene or polythiophene derivatives include compounds in which a functional group is bonded to positions 3 and 4 of the thiophene ring.
  • a compound in which an oxygen atom is bonded to the 3rd and 4th carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a compound having a structure in which a carbon atom or a hydrogen atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom it may not be easy to make the coating liquid aqueous.
  • polyanion used at the time of polymerization examples include poly (meth) acrylic acid, polymaleic acid, polystyrene sulfonic acid and the like. These acids may be partially or completely neutralized.
  • JP-A-7-90060 As a method for producing such a polymer, for example, a method disclosed in JP-A-7-90060 can be employed.
  • the coating layer constituting the release film in the present invention is required to contain the above conductive compound and binder polymer.
  • the binder polymer (B) constituting the coating layer in the present invention is a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement according to a polymer compound safety evaluation flow scheme (sponsored by the Chemical Substance Council in November 1985). It is defined as a polymer compound having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1000 or more and having a film-forming property.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the binder polymer (B) constituting the coating layer in the present invention may be either a thermosetting resin or a thermoplastic resin as long as it is compatible with, or mixed with, thiophene or a thiophene derivative.
  • polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; polyimides such as polyimide and polyamideimide; polyamides such as polyamide 6, polyamide 6,6, polyamide 12, and polyamide 11; polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl fluoride, poly Fluorine resin such as tetrafluoroethylene, ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer, polychlorotrifluoroethylene; vinyl resin such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl ether, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl chloride; epoxy resin; oxetane resin; xylene resin; Aramid resin; Polyimide silicone; Polyurethane
  • the blending ratio of the conductive compound (A) in the coating layer is 10 to 90% by weight, preferably 20 to 80% by weight. If it is less than 10% by weight, the antistatic property and the oligomer precipitation preventing property may be insufficient. On the other hand, if it exceeds 80% by weight, the antistatic property is already in a saturated state, and even if the amount is increased further, it may be difficult to obtain a remarkable effect.
  • binder polymers (B) may be dissolved in an organic solvent, or may be formed into an aqueous solution by adding a functional group such as a sulfo group or a carboxy group. Moreover, you may use together hardening
  • curing agents such as a crosslinking agent and a polymerization initiator, a polymerization accelerator, a solvent, a viscosity modifier, etc.
  • binder polymers (B) at least one selected from polyester resins, acrylic resins, and polyurethane resins is preferable because mixing at the time of preparing the coating liquid is easy.
  • a polyurethane resin is particularly preferable.
  • the polyester resin used in the present invention is defined as a linear polyester having a dicarboxylic acid component and a glycol component as constituent components.
  • Dicarboxylic acid components include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, phenylindanedicarboxylic acid, A dimer acid etc. can be illustrated. Two or more of these components can be used.
  • a small proportion of unsaturated polybasic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid and the like, and hydroxycarboxylic acids such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid and p- ( ⁇ -hydroxyethoxy) benzoic acid, etc.
  • the proportion of the unsaturated polybasic acid component or the hydroxycarboxylic acid component is at most 10 mol%, preferably 5 mol% or less.
  • glycol component examples include ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, xylylene glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid.
  • polyester resin can be copolymerized with a small amount of a compound having a sulfonate group or a compound having a carboxylic acid group in order to facilitate aqueous liquefaction, which is preferable.
  • Examples of the compound having a sulfonate group include 5-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-ammonium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-methylammonium sulfoisophthalic acid, 2-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-potassium
  • Preferable examples include sulfonic acid alkali metal salts such as sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, 2-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, and sodium sulfosuccinic acid, and sulfonic acid amine salt compounds.
  • Examples of the compound having a carboxylate group include trimellitic anhydride, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic anhydride, pyromellitic acid, trimesic acid, cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, dimethylolpropionic acid, and monoalkali metal salts thereof.
  • Etc. The free carboxyl group is converted into a carboxylate group by allowing an alkali metal compound or an amine compound to act after copolymerization.
  • a polyester obtained by selecting one or more compounds from these compounds and synthesizing them by a conventional polycondensation reaction can be used.
  • the glass transition temperature (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as Tg) is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 60 ° C. or higher. When Tg is less than 40 ° C., for the purpose of improving adhesiveness, when the coating thickness of the coating layer is increased, problems such as easy blocking may occur.
  • the acrylic resin is a polymer composed of a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond, as typified by an acrylic or methacrylic monomer. These may be either a homopolymer or a copolymer. Moreover, the copolymer of these polymers and other polymers (for example, polyester, polyurethane, etc.) is also included. For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer. Furthermore, a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included.
  • a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyurethane solution or polyurethane dispersion is also included.
  • a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included.
  • the polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, but representative compounds such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, and citraconic acid.
  • Various carboxyl group-containing monomers and their salts 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, monobutylhydroxyl fumarate, monobutylhydroxy
  • Various hydroxyl-containing monomers such as itaconate; various (meth) acrylic such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate Acid esters; (meth) a Riruamido, various nitrogen-containing vinyl monomers such as diacetone acrylamide, N- methylol acryl
  • polymerizable monomers as shown below can be copolymerized. That is, various styrene derivatives such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, divinylbenzene and vinyltoluene, various vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; ⁇ -methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, Various silicon-containing polymerizable monomers such as methacryloyl silicon macromer; phosphorus-containing vinyl monomers; vinyl chloride, biliden chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, trifluorochloroethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, chlorotrifluoroethylene And various vinyl halides such as hexafluoropropylene; and various conjugated dienes such as butadiene.
  • styrene derivatives such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, divinylbenzene and vinyl
  • the glass transition temperature (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as Tg) is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 60 ° C. or higher.
  • Tg is less than 40 ° C., for the purpose of improving adhesiveness, when the coating thickness of the coating layer is increased, problems such as easy blocking may occur.
  • the polyurethane resin in the present invention refers to a polymer compound having a urethane bond in the molecule.
  • a water-dispersible or water-soluble urethane resin is preferable.
  • a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a phosphoric acid group, or an ether group into the urethane resin.
  • a hydrophilic groups a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group is preferably used from the viewpoint of improving physical properties of the coating film and adhesion.
  • polyol is preferably used, and examples thereof include polyether polyols, polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, polyolefin polyols, and acrylic polyols. These compounds may be used alone or in combination.
  • polyether polyols examples include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene propylene glycol, polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyhexamethylene ether glycol and the like.
  • Polyester polyols include polycarboxylic acids (malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, etc.) or their acid anhydrides.
  • polycarboxylic acids malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, etc.
  • polyhydric alcohol ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol 2-methyl-2-propyl- , 3-propanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexane Diol, 1,9-nonanediol
  • polycarbonate polyols examples include polycarbonate diols obtained by dealcoholization reaction from polyhydric alcohols and dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and the like, such as poly (1,6-hexylene) carbonate, poly ( And 3-methyl-1,5-pentylene) carbonate.
  • polyisocyanate compound used for obtaining the urethane resin examples include aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, and tolidine diisocyanate, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, ⁇ ′.
  • aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, and tolidine diisocyanate, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, ⁇ ′.
  • -Aliphatic diisocyanates having aromatic rings such as tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, aliphatic diisocyanates such as methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexyl Methanzi Isocyanate, alicyclic diisocyanates such as isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanates. These may be used alone or in combination.
  • chain extender When synthesizing a urethane resin, a conventionally known chain extender may be used, and the chain extender is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more active groups that react with an isocyanate group.
  • a chain extender having two hydroxyl groups or amino groups is generally used.
  • chain extender having two hydroxyl groups examples include aliphatic glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and butanediol, aromatic glycols such as xylylene glycol and bishydroxyethoxybenzene, and esters such as neopentyl glycol hydroxypivalate. It can be mentioned that glycols such as glycol are exemplified.
  • chain extender having two amino groups examples include aromatic diamines such as tolylenediamine, xylylenediamine, diphenylmethanediamine, ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, hexanediamine, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3- Propanediamine, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediamine, trimethylhexanediamine, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,5-pentanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10- Aliphatic diamines such as decane diamine, 1-amino-3-aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethanediamine, isopropylidine cyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1 , 3-bisaminomethylcyclohexane, etc. And alicyclic diamines.
  • the blending ratio of the binder polymer (B) in the coating layer is in the range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in the range of 20 to 80%.
  • the said range is less than 10%, the adhesiveness with respect to a mold release layer may fall.
  • it exceeds 80% the adhesion performance becomes saturated, and even if the amount is increased further, a remarkable effect may not be obtained.
  • the coating layer constituting the release film preferably contains a polyurethane resin for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the release layer.
  • the coating liquid for providing the coating layer in the present invention is selected from the group of glycerin (C1), polyglycerin (C2), glycerin or an alkylene oxide adduct (C3) to polyglycerin as the component (C). It is preferred to contain more than one compound or derivative thereof. Those having an average number of glycerin units in the molecule in the range of 2 to 20 are preferred. Incidentally, when glycerin is used, the transparency of the coating layer may be slightly inferior.
  • the alkylene oxide adduct to glycerin or polyglycerin has a structure in which alkylene oxide or a derivative thereof is added and polymerized to the hydroxyl group of glycerin or polyglycerin.
  • the structure of the alkylene oxide to be added or its derivative may be different for each hydroxyl group of the glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton. Moreover, it is sufficient that it is added to at least one hydroxyl group in the molecule, and it is not necessary that alkylene oxide or a derivative thereof is added to all hydroxyl groups.
  • a preferable alkylene oxide or derivative thereof is a structure containing an ethylene oxide or propylene oxide skeleton. If the alkyl chain in the alkylene oxide structure becomes too long, the hydrophobicity becomes strong, the uniform dispersibility in the coating solution deteriorates, and the antistatic property and transparency of the coating film tend to deteriorate. Particularly preferred is ethylene oxide.
  • the copolymerization ratio of alkylene oxide or its derivative to glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton is not particularly limited, but when the glycerin or polyglycerin moiety is 1 in terms of molecular weight ratio
  • the alkylene oxide moiety is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • the ratio of the alkylene oxide or its derivative to the glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton is larger than this range, the characteristics of the ordinary polyalkylene oxide are close to those obtained, and the effects of the present invention may not be sufficiently obtained. is there.
  • particularly preferred embodiments include polyglycerol (C2) and alkylene oxide adduct (C3) to glycerol or polyglycerol.
  • polyglycerin (C2) those having n of 2 to 20 in the compound of the above formula (3) are particularly preferred.
  • the number is particularly preferably in the range of 300 to 2000 in terms of the weight average molecular weight as the final compound (C3).
  • the blending ratio of component (C) in the coating layer is in the range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in the range of 20 to 80%. When the said range is less than 10%, applicability
  • the weight of the coating agent component (A) which occupies in a coating layer is 0.5 mg / m ⁇ 2 > or more normally, Preferably it is 1 mg / m ⁇ 2 > or more.
  • the amount of the coating agent component (A) is less than 0.5 mg / m 2 , the antistatic property tends to be insufficient.
  • the ratio of the coating agent component (A) in the coating layer constituting the release film is not limited, but the upper limit is preferably 90%, more preferably 80%, and most preferably 60%. It is. When the ratio of the coating agent component (A) exceeds 90% by weight, the transparency of the coating film may be insufficient, or the antistatic performance may be insufficient. On the other hand, the lower limit is preferably 1%, more preferably 2%. When the weight ratio of the coating agent component (A) is less than 1%, the antistatic performance may be insufficient.
  • the ratio of the coating agent component (A) and the coating agent component (B) is preferably in the range of 90/10 to 1/99 by weight. More preferably, it is in the range of 70/30 to 1/99, most preferably 50/50 to 2/98. Outside this range, the antistatic performance or the appearance of the coating film tends to deteriorate.
  • a surfactant can be contained in order to improve the coating property to the polyester film.
  • this surfactant it is more preferable to use a surfactant containing (poly) alkylene oxide, (poly) glycerin, or a derivative thereof in the structure, since it does not inhibit the antistatic property of the resulting coating layer.
  • the coating liquid used in the present invention includes an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, a release agent, organic particles, inorganic particles, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a foaming agent, a dye, You may contain additives, such as a pigment. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more as necessary. Moreover, as these additives, it is more preferable to use those containing (poly) alkylene oxide, (poly) glycerin, or derivatives thereof in the structure without inhibiting the antistatic property of the resulting coating layer.
  • the coating liquid in the present invention is preferably an aqueous solution or a water dispersion from the viewpoint of handling, working environment, and stability of the coating liquid composition, but water is the main medium and exceeds the gist of the present invention. If it is not within the range, an organic solvent may be contained.
  • the coating layer in the present invention is provided by applying a coating solution containing a specific compound to a film, and in particular in the present invention, it is preferably provided by in-line coating in which coating is performed during film formation.
  • the release layer constituting the first release film and the second release film in the present invention refers to a layer having releasability. Specifically, the peeling force between the adhesive layer and the release layer is constant. By setting the range, the present invention can be completed.
  • the low-speed peeling force at 0.3 m / min of the first release film 31 needs to be 10 to 20 mN / cm.
  • the peeling force of the first release film is less than 10 mN / cm, the release film is easily peeled in a scene that does not need to be peeled.
  • the peeling force of a 1st release film exceeds 20 mN / cm, it becomes difficult to peel smoothly in the process of peeling a 1st release film.
  • the high-speed peeling force of 60 m / min to 90 mN / cm or less.
  • it is 85 mN / cm or less.
  • the high-speed peeling force exceeds 90 mN / cm, it becomes difficult to peel smoothly.
  • the inventor cut in advance into a small piece sheet shape close to the size of the electronic component. After that, it is common for an operator to peel off by hand. In the peeling operation step, the cut pieces are used to give a chance to peel off the first release film and then peeled 180 degrees in the diagonal direction of the pieces.
  • the release film is peeled 180 degrees from the normal adhesive tape, in the peeling direction, the release film is peeled in the diagonal direction, so that the peeling area gradually increases as the peeling progresses.
  • the present inventor paid attention to this peeling method and regarded the phenomenon in which the peeling area increases at a constant peeling speed as a peeling method with a faster peeling propagation speed as a phenomenon of peeling a larger area within the same time.
  • As in the present invention when using a flexible adhesive layer in consideration of step absorbability, it has been found that it is effective to suppress the high-speed peeling force at a constant peeling force level to 60 m / min. The invention has been completed.
  • the peeling force at 0.3 m / min of the second release film is preferably 20 to 100 mN / cm, more preferably 40 to 80 mN / cm.
  • the peeling force of the second release film is less than 20 mN / cm, when the first release film is peeled from the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, there may be a problem that a part of the second release film is peeled off. is there.
  • the peeling force of a 2nd mold release film exceeds 100 mN / cm, malfunctions, such as a component derived from an adhesive layer remaining in a 2nd mold release film, may arise.
  • the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present invention provides a difference in peel force between the first release film and the second release film in addition to the above-described peel force adjustment.
  • the peel force of the second release film is usually 2.0 times or more, preferably 3.0 times or more of the peel force of the first release film.
  • the peel force of the second release film is less than 2.0 times the peel force of the first release film, the second release film floats from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when the first release film on the light release side is peeled off. The phenomenon may occur, or the adhesive layer component may remain on the second release film, or a defect such as zipping may occur.
  • the release layer constituting the release film in the present invention preferably contains a curable silicone resin in order to improve the release property. It may be a type mainly composed of a curable silicone resin, or a modified silicone type by graft polymerization with an organic resin such as a urethane resin, an epoxy resin or an alkyd resin may be used as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired. Also good.
  • the release film having a smaller peel force comprises a reactive silicone resin having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as functional groups on a polyester film, an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more, a platinum-based catalyst, It is necessary to have a release layer containing.
  • a curable silicone resin containing an alkenyl group is a diorganopolysiloxane having a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (96 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 4 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit).
  • Dimethylvinylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (97 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 3 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit), dimethylsiloxane / methyl-blocked dimethylhexenylsiloxy group blocked at both ends of the molecular chain Hexenylsiloxane copolymer (95 mol% of dimethylsiloxane units, 5 mol% of methylhexenylsiloxane units).
  • the curable silicone resin containing an alkyl group is a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked methylhydrogenpolysiloxane having both molecular chains and trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane as both organohydrogenpolysiloxanes.
  • examples thereof include a polymer, a dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped methylhydrogen polysiloxane having both molecular chains, and a dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane copolymer having both molecular chains having both ends dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped.
  • the unreactive silicone resin is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 3 SiO (R 2 SiO) m SiR 3 (I) (In the above formula, R represents the same or different monovalent hydrocarbon group having no aliphatic unsaturated bond, and m represents a positive integer.)
  • the unreactive silicone resin contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight.
  • the content of the unreactive silicone resin is lower than 1%, the speed dependency is increased, and when it exceeds 5% by weight, the curability is remarkably lowered and the adhesion may be deteriorated.
  • silicone oil may be added to reduce the peeling force in the high speed range.
  • the silicone oil is a silicone oil called a straight silicone oil or a modified silicone oil, and examples thereof include the following.
  • the straight silicone include dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, and the like.
  • modified silicone oil side chain type polyether modified, aralkyl modified, fluoroalkyl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher fatty acid amide modified, polyether / long chain alkyl modified / aralkyl modified, Examples include phenyl modification, polyether modification at both ends, and polyether / methoxy modification.
  • the silicone oil component contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is usually in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight.
  • the content of the silicone oil component is lower than 1%, the speed dependency becomes high.
  • the content exceeds 5% by weight the transferability is high, and the adhesive peels off when the adhesive is processed. May occur.
  • the residual adhesion rate by 31B tape is preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. If the residual adhesive rate is lower than 80%, the transferability is high, and the adhesive may be transferred to roll dirt or the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface during processing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, resulting in a decrease in pressure-sensitive adhesive peeling force.
  • any of the curing reaction types such as an addition type, a condensation type, an ultraviolet curable type, an electron beam curable type, and a solventless type can be used.
  • Specific examples include KS-774, KS-775, KS-778, KS-779H, KS-847H, KS-856, X-62-2422, X-62-2461, X, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • a release control agent may be used in combination in order to adjust the release property of the release layer.
  • the curing conditions for forming the release layer on the polyester film are not particularly limited.
  • the release layer is usually 120 to 200 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds, preferably Is preferably heat-treated at 100 to 180 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds as a guide.
  • a conventionally well-known apparatus and an energy source can be used as an energy source for hardening by active energy ray irradiation.
  • the coating amount of the release layer (after drying) is usually 0.005 to 1 g / m 2 , preferably 0.005 to 0.5 g / m 2 , more preferably 0.01 to 0 from the viewpoint of coating properties. .2 g / m 2 range.
  • the coating amount (after drying) is less than 0.005 g / m 2 , the coating property may be less stable and it may be difficult to obtain a uniform coating film.
  • the coating is thicker than 1 g / m 2 , the coating layer adhesion and curability of the release layer itself may be lowered.
  • the base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the present invention it is necessary to bond release films on both sides of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness ratio of each release film the handleability is taken into consideration, and the thickness of the second release film is preferably 2 times or more, preferably 3 times or more the thickness of the first release film. For example, by reducing the film thickness of the first release film, there is an advantage that it is possible to prevent floating that occurs at the adhesive interface with the second release film when the first release film is peeled off.
  • the adhesive layer is applied on the release surface of the second release film, in order to eliminate the influence of foreign matter and unevenness in the process, the influence of unevenness and foreign matter is more It is preferable to further increase the film thickness of the second release film that is easily received.
  • the thickness of the second release film is less than twice the thickness of the first release film, there is no difference in stiffness of the film substrate, and the first release film is peeled from the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. At this time, there may be a problem that a part of the second release film is peeled off.
  • an adhesive layer an antistatic layer, an oligomer precipitation-preventing layer, etc., as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired on the film surface on which no release layer is provided.
  • a coating layer may be provided.
  • a platinum-based catalyst that promotes an addition-type reaction is used in order to make the release layer of the release film having a trans-peeling force clean and strong.
  • chloroplatinic acid alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid, a complex of chloroplatinic acid and olefin, a platinum compound such as a complex of chloroplatinic acid and alkenylsiloxane, platinum black, platinum-supported silica, platinum-supported activated carbon Is exemplified.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is usually 0.3 to 3.0% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 2.0% by weight.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is lower than 0.3% by weight, there may be problems such as deterioration of the surface condition due to insufficient peeling force and insufficient curing reaction in the coating layer.
  • the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer exceeds 3.0% by weight, the cost is increased, and the process becomes defective due to increased reactivity and generation of gel foreign matter. Sometimes.
  • acetylene alcohol may be added as a reaction inhibitor in some cases.
  • the component is an organic compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond and a hydroxyl group, but preferably 3-methyl-1-butyn-3-ol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexyn-3-ol, and phenylbuty It is a compound selected from the group consisting of nor.
  • polyester film constituting the first release film and the second release film may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment or plasma treatment in advance.
  • a release layer when manufacturing a release film, after apply
  • the adhesive layer in the present invention means a layer composed of a material having adhesiveness, and conventionally known materials can be used as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired.
  • an acrylic adhesive is used as one specific example, the case where an acrylic adhesive is used will be described below.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive means a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing, as a base polymer, an acrylic polymer formed using an acrylic monomer as an essential monomer component.
  • the acrylic polymer has (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and / or (meth) acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as an essential monomer component (more preferably as a main monomer component). ) It is preferably an acrylic polymer to be formed.
  • the acrylic polymer is preferably an acrylic polymer formed using (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as essential monomer components.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as essential monomer components.
  • the monomer component forming the acrylic polymer that is the base polymer in the adhesive layer of the present invention is further copolymerized with a polar group-containing monomer, a polyfunctional monomer, and other copolymerizable monomers. It may be contained as a monomer component.
  • said "(meth) acryl” represents “acryl” and / or "methacryl", and others are the same.
  • the content of the acrylic polymer as the base polymer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably based on the total weight (100% by weight) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. 80% by weight or more.
  • a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “(meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester”) is used. It can be used suitably.
  • (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Isobutyl acrylate, s-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate , Octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid I
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having 2 to 14 carbon atoms in the alkyl group are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group are more preferable.
  • Examples of the polar group-containing monomer include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and other carboxyl group-containing monomers or anhydrides thereof (such as maleic anhydride) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group) -containing monomers such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N -Butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydro Amide group-containing monomers such as ethyl acrylamide; Amino
  • Sulfonic acid group-containing monomer of 2-hydroxyethyl Chestnut phosphoric acid group-containing monomers such as acryloyl phosphate; cyclohexyl maleimide, imide group-containing monomers such as isopropyl maleimide; 2-methacryloyloxy such acryloyl isocyanate group-containing monomers such as methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
  • the polar group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polyfunctional monomer examples include hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, butanediol di (meth) acrylate, (poly) ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, (poly) propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, Neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methanetri (meth) Examples include acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, vinyl (meth) acrylate, divinylbenzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, and urethane acrylate.
  • the said polyfunctional monomer can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer is preferably 0.5% by weight or less with respect to 100% by weight of the monomer component forming the acrylic polymer.
  • the content exceeds 0.5% by weight for example, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer becomes too high, and the stress relaxation property may be lowered.
  • copolymerizable monomers (other copolymerizable monomers) other than the polar group-containing monomer and multifunctional monomer examples include cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the acrylic polymer can be prepared by polymerizing the above monomer components by a conventionally known or conventional polymerization method.
  • the polymerization method of the acrylic polymer include a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, and a polymerization method by active energy ray irradiation (active energy ray polymerization method).
  • the solution polymerization method and the active energy ray polymerization method are preferable in terms of transparency, water resistance, production cost and the like.
  • Examples of the active energy rays irradiated in the above active energy ray polymerization (photopolymerization) include ionizing radiation such as ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, neutron rays, electron rays, and ultraviolet rays, among others. Ultraviolet rays are suitable for the use of the present invention. Further, the irradiation energy, irradiation time, irradiation method, and the like of the active energy ray are not particularly limited as long as they do not impair the gist of the present invention.
  • esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and benzene
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane
  • alicyclic rings such as cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane.
  • Organic hydrocarbons such as formula hydrocarbons; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone are exemplified.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • a polymerization initiator such as a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator (photoinitiator) can be used depending on the type of polymerization reaction.
  • a polymerization initiator can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is a benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, an ⁇ -ketol photopolymerization initiator, an aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiator, Photoactive oxime photopolymerization initiators, benzoin photopolymerization initiators, benzyl photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone photopolymerization initiators, ketal photopolymerization initiators, thioxanthone photopolymerization initiators, and the like can be used.
  • the amount of the photopolymerization initiator used is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the gist of the present invention.
  • the amount of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.1% relative to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomer components forming the acrylic polymer. A range of 01 to 0.2 parts by weight is preferred.
  • benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator examples include, for example, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one And anisole methyl ether.
  • acetophenone photopolymerization initiator examples include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, and 4- (t-butyl). Examples include dichloroacetophenone.
  • Examples of the ⁇ -ketol photopolymerization initiator include 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) phenyl] -2-methylpropan-1-one, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiator include 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride.
  • Examples of the photoactive oxime photopolymerization initiator include 1-phenyl-1,1-propanedione-2- (o-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime.
  • Examples of the benzoin photopolymerization initiator include benzoin.
  • Examples of the benzyl photopolymerization initiator include benzyl.
  • benzophenone photopolymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, polyvinylbenzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and the like.
  • ketal photopolymerization initiator examples include benzyldimethyl ketal.
  • thioxanthone photopolymerization initiator examples include thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, dodecylthioxanthone, and the like.
  • thermal polymerization initiator examples include azo polymerization initiators [for example, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis. (2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl, 4,4′-azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, azobisisovaleronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2′-azobis [ 2- (5-Methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2′-azobis (N, N′-di) Methyleneisobutylamidine) dihydrochloride], peroxide polymerization initiators (eg, dibenzoyl peroxide, tert-butylpermaleate, etc.), red Box-type polymerization initiators and the like.
  • a crosslinking agent for example, rosin derivative resin, polyterpene resin, petroleum resin, oil-soluble phenol resin) Etc.
  • a tackifier for example, rosin derivative resin, polyterpene resin, petroleum resin, oil-soluble phenol resin
  • anti-aging agents fillers, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.)
  • UV absorbers antioxidants
  • chain transfer agents plasticizers
  • softeners surfactants
  • various general solvents can also be used.
  • the type of the solvent is not particularly limited, and those exemplified as the solvent used in the above solution polymerization can be used.
  • the cross-linking agent can control the gel fraction of the adhesive layer by crosslinking the base polymer of the adhesive layer.
  • crosslinking agents isocyanate crosslinking agents, epoxy crosslinking agents, melamine crosslinking agents, peroxide crosslinking agents, urea crosslinking agents, metal alkoxide crosslinking agents, metal chelate crosslinking agents, metal salt crosslinking agents Agents, carbodiimide crosslinking agents, oxazoline crosslinking agents, aziridine crosslinking agents, amine crosslinking agents, and the like, and isocyanate crosslinking agents and epoxy crosslinking agents can be preferably used.
  • a crosslinking agent can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present invention when an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used at the time of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, an optical member (for example, a surface protective layer, a touch panel, and an image display unit)
  • an optical member for example, a surface protective layer, a touch panel, and an image display unit
  • the light transmission is improved and the brightness and contrast of the image display device are reduced.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (after drying) constituting the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the present invention is usually in the range of 25 to 200 ⁇ m, preferably 50 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less than 25 ⁇ m, for example, the gap generated between the optical members becomes too large, and it may be difficult to fill the corners with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer exceeds 200 ⁇ m, the adhesive layer thickness becomes too thicker than the gap generated between the optical members, and the excess adhesive layer component protrudes from between the optical members. There is.
  • Residual adhesion rate (%) Adhesive strength (1) ⁇ Adhesive strength (2) ⁇ 100
  • Amount of polyester oligomer (OL) extracted from the surface of the release layer of the release film In advance, an unheat-treated release film is heated in air at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes. After that, the heat-treated film is brought into close contact with the inner surface of a box having a top and width of 10 cm and a height of 3 cm, and the box shape is obtained. When the coating layer is provided, the coating layer surface is set to the inside. Next, 4 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide) is placed in the box prepared by the above method and left for 3 minutes, and then DMF is recovered.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • the recovered DMF was supplied to liquid chromatography (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation: LC-7A) to determine the amount of oligomer in DMF, and this value was divided by the area of the film in contact with DMF to determine the amount of oligomer on the film surface (mg / M 2 ).
  • the amount of oligomer in DMF was determined from the peak area ratio between the standard sample peak area and the measured sample peak area (absolute calibration curve method).
  • the standard sample was prepared by accurately weighing the oligomer (cyclic trimer) collected in advance and dissolving it in DMF accurately measured.
  • the concentration of the standard sample is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.01 mg / ml.
  • Element amount from the release surface side of the release film The following table is prepared by the FP (Fundamental Parameter Method) method using a fluorescent X-ray measurement apparatus (model “XRF-1500” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) from the surface provided with the release layer of the sample sample in advance. The element amount was measured under the measurement conditions shown in 1.
  • Tg Glass transition temperature of polyester resin: Using a DSC-II type measuring device manufactured by Perkin Elmer, the sample was heated at a rate of temperature increase of 10 ° C./min under a sample weight of 10 mg and a nitrogen stream, and the baseline start temperature of the baseline was defined as Tg.
  • Release force of release film (II): An adhesive tape (“No. 31B” manufactured by Nitto Denko) is attached to the surface of the release layer of the sample film, then cut to a size of 50 mm ⁇ 300 mm, and the peel force after standing at room temperature for 1 hour is measured. The peel force was measured using a high-speed peel tester (Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd., high-speed peel tester “TE-702 type”). In the manner of peeling the 31B adhesive tape, 180 ° peeling was performed under each measurement condition of peeling speed of 0.3 m / min and 60 m / min.
  • Coating film adhesion of release film (practical property substitution evaluation): The sample film was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 60 ° C. and 80% RH for 4 weeks, and then the sample film was taken out. Thereafter, the release surface of the sample film was rubbed with a tentacle five times, and the degree of release of the release layer was determined according to the following criteria. ⁇ Criteria> A: Coating film is not removed (practical level) B: The coating film turns white but does not fall off (practical level) C: The drop of the coating was confirmed (practical level)
  • the polyester used in the examples and comparative examples was prepared as follows. ⁇ Manufacture of polyester> ⁇ Polyester (1) Using 100 parts by weight of dimethyl terephthalate and 60 parts by weight of ethylene glycol as starting materials, 0.09 parts by weight of magnesium acetate tetrahydrate as a catalyst is placed in the reactor, the reaction start temperature is set to 150 ° C., and the methanol is distilled off gradually. The reaction temperature was raised to 230 ° C. after 3 hours. After 4 hours, the transesterification reaction was substantially terminated.
  • Example 1-1 Manufacture of polyester film>
  • the polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method.
  • An amorphous film having a thickness of about 550 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • This film was stretched 3.7 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.9 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m.
  • a release agent composed of release agent composition-A shown below was applied to the obtained polyester film by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.12 g / m 2 , and a dryer temperature of 150 A roll-shaped release polyester film was obtained under the conditions of ° C and a line speed of 30 m / min.
  • Examples 1-2 to 1-5 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7 A release film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the release agent composition in Example 1-1 was changed to the coating composition shown in Table 2 below. The obtained results are summarized in Table 3 below.
  • Example 2-1 A biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1. Next, the following coating agent was applied by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.05 g / m 2, and then heat-treated at 120 ° C. for 30 seconds. Examples of compounds constituting the coating layer are as follows.
  • Example compounds -Organic compound having an aluminum element: (A1) Aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate) ⁇ Organic compound containing tin element: (A2) Dioctyldiacetoxytin / organosilicon compound: (B1) 2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane
  • ⁇ Coating composition> Organic compound having aluminum element (A1): 33% by weight
  • the coating agent was diluted with a toluene / MEK mixed solvent (mixing ratio was 1: 4) to 4 wt%.
  • a release agent having a release agent composition shown below is applied on the coating layer by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) is 0.12 g / m 2 , the dryer temperature is 150 ° C., the line A roll-shaped release polyester film was obtained under the condition of a speed of 30 m / min.
  • Example 2-1 the coating agent composition was changed to the coating agent composition shown in Table 4 below, and the releasing agent composition was changed to the release agent composition shown in Table 5 below, in the same manner as in Example 2-1. A release film was obtained. The properties of the release films obtained in the above examples and comparative examples are shown in Table 6 below.
  • Example 3-1 Manufacture of polyester film
  • Polyester film-1 50 ⁇ m
  • the polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method.
  • An amorphous film having a thickness of about 600 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • This film was stretched 3.3 times in the machine direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m.
  • Polyester film-2 (100 ⁇ m)
  • the polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method.
  • An amorphous film having a thickness of about 1200 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • This film was stretched 3.3 times in the machine direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • a release agent comprising the following release agent composition A was applied to polyester film-1 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2, and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. A first release film was obtained later.
  • ⁇ Release agent compound> a1: Curing type silicone resin (LTC310: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) a2: curable silicone resin (LTC303E: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, transition component content 15%) a3: curable silicone resin (KS-847H: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) a4: curable silicone resin (SD-7292: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) b1: Unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more c1: Addition type platinum catalyst (SRX212: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) c2: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • a release agent comprising the following release agent composition B was applied to polyester film-2 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2 and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. Later, a second release film was obtained.
  • the first release film was bonded to the exposed adhesive layer surface to obtain a substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet.
  • Example 3-1 In Example 3-1, except that the release agent composition and the polyester film substrate thickness were changed as shown in Tables 7 and 8 below, the production was performed in the same manner as in Example 3-1, and the first release film, A two release film was obtained. Then, it bonded together through the adhesive layer using both, and obtained the base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet. Table 8 shows the characteristics of the release films obtained in the above Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • Example 4-1 Manufacture of polyester film
  • the polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method.
  • An amorphous film having a thickness of about 600 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • the film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., and a coating layer composed of the following coating agent composition was applied so that the coating thickness (after drying) was 0.03 g / m 2 , and then 100 ° C.
  • the film was stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction and heat treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m.
  • Polyester film-2 (100 ⁇ m)
  • the polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method.
  • An amorphous film having a thickness of about 1200 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • the film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., and a coating layer composed of the following coating agent composition was applied so that the coating thickness (after drying) was 0.03 g / m 2 , and then 100 ° C.
  • the film was stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • a / B / C 40/40/20 (% by weight)
  • a release agent comprising the following release agent composition A was applied to polyester film-1 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2, and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. A first release film was obtained later.
  • ⁇ Release agent compound> a1: Curing type silicone resin (LTC310: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) a2: curable silicone resin (LTC303E: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, transition component content 15%) a3: curable silicone resin (KS-847H: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) a4: curable silicone resin (SD-7292: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) b1: Unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more c1: Addition type platinum catalyst (SRX212: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning) c2: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • a release agent comprising the following release agent composition B was applied to polyester film-2 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2 and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. Later, a second release film was obtained.
  • the first release film was bonded to the exposed adhesive layer surface to obtain a substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet.
  • Example 4-1 a coating agent composition, a release agent composition, and a polyester film substrate thickness were prepared in the same manner as in Example 4-1, except that the thicknesses were changed as shown in Tables 9 and 10 below. A mold film and a second release film were obtained. Then, it bonded together through the adhesive layer using both, and obtained the base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet. The characteristics of the release films obtained in the above examples and comparative examples are shown in Tables 11 and 12 below.
  • the release film of the present invention has good releasability from the pressure-sensitive adhesive and less migration, for example, for polarizing plate and retardation plate used for liquid crystal display (LCD) for manufacturing capacitive touch panels.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • various display components such as for the production of LCD components such as, for the production of plasma display panel components, for the production of organic electroluminescence components, etc., it can be suitably used for various adhesive layer protection applications.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a mold release film which has good releasability from an adhesive and is extremely suppressed in oligomer precipitation, while being suppressed in migration, and which is suitable for various adhesive layer protection applications for the production of a capacitive touch panel, the production of LCD constituent members such as a polarizing plate and a retardation film used for a liquid crystal display (LCD), the production of a plasma display panel constituent member, the production of an organic electroluminescent display constituent member, the production of various display constituent members, and the like. A mold release film that is characterized by having a silicone-based mold release layer, which is formed from a coating liquid containing a reactive silicone resin having a functional group, an unreactive silicone resin and a platinum-based catalyst, on one surface of a polyester film.

Description

離型フィルムRelease film
 本発明は、特に各種粘着剤保護用で軽剥離が要求される用途に好適であり、オリゴマー析出量が極めて少なく、例えば、静電容量方式のタッチパネル製造用等、粘着剤層を介して、貼り合わせる各種用途、液晶ディスプレイ(以下、LCDと略記する)に用いられる偏光板、位相差板等のLCD構成部材製造用、プラズマディスプレイパネル(以下、PDPと略記する)構成部材製造用、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(以下、有機ELと略記する)構成部材製造用等、各種ディスプレイ構成部材製造用のほか、各種粘着剤層保護用途に好適な離型フィルムに関するものである。 The present invention is particularly suitable for applications where light peeling is required for protecting various pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the amount of oligomer precipitation is extremely small. For example, for the production of capacitive touch panels, the adhesive layer is attached via a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Various applications, for manufacturing liquid crystal display (hereinafter abbreviated as LCD) polarizing plate, retardation plate and other LCD structural members, plasma display panel (hereinafter abbreviated as PDP) structural members, organic electroluminescence The present invention relates to a release film suitable for various display component production applications, such as production of various display components (hereinafter abbreviated as organic EL), and the like.
 従来、ポリエステルフィルムを基材とする離型フィルムが、静電容量方式のタッチパネル製造用等、粘着剤層を介して、貼り合わせる各種用途、LCD用偏光板、位相差板製造用、PDP構成部材製造用、有機EL構成部材製造用等、各種ディスプレイ構成部材製造用等、各種光学用途等に使用されている。近年、各種ディスプレイ構成部材、特にLCD用偏光板の薄型化に伴い、離型フィルムと薄型偏光板の剥離力が高く、上手く剥離できない不具合が問題になっている。薄型偏光板から離型フィルムを上手く剥離できないと、歩留まりが低下してしまい、問題になっている。また、粘着剤層塗布後、オリゴマー析出によるLCD用偏光板の検査性の低下、粘着剤層の視認性の低下が問題になっている。また、離型フィルムの帯電による異物の巻き込みで、粘着剤層へ異物が転写されることが問題になっている。 Conventionally, a release film based on a polyester film is used for manufacturing a capacitive touch panel, etc., for various purposes to be bonded via an adhesive layer, LCD polarizing plate, retardation plate manufacturing, PDP component It is used for various optical applications such as for manufacturing, for manufacturing organic EL components, for manufacturing various display components. In recent years, with the thinning of various display components, particularly LCD polarizing plates, there is a problem that the release film and the thin polarizing plate have a high peeling force and cannot be peeled off successfully. If the release film cannot be peeled off successfully from the thin polarizing plate, the yield decreases, which is a problem. In addition, after application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, there is a problem that the inspection property of the polarizing plate for LCD due to oligomer precipitation is lowered and the visibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is lowered. Another problem is that foreign matter is transferred to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer due to the inclusion of foreign matter due to charging of the release film.
 近年、IT(Information Technology)分野の躍進に伴い、LCD、PDP、有機EL等の表示部材製造時に使用される離型フィルムの品質向上と共に粘着剤層保護用途において、離型フィルムからのポリエステルのオリゴマー析出や粘着剤と離型フィルムの剥離性に伴う各種不具合が顕在化する状況にある。 In recent years, with the advancement of the IT (Information Technology) field, the quality of the release film used when manufacturing display members such as LCDs, PDPs, and organic ELs is improved, and the polyester oligomers from the release film are used for protecting the adhesive layer. Various problems associated with precipitation and peelability between the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the release film are apparent.
 偏光板用途だけではなく、物体間を面接着する粘着シート用途においても、離型フィルムの剥離力による不具合が多数報告されている。粘着シートは種々知られており、粘着シートの1つとして基材レス両面粘着シートが知られている。基材レス両面粘着シートは、粘着層の両面に剥離力の相対的に低い軽剥離フィルムと、剥離力の相対的に高い重剥離フィルムが積層された積層体構成からなり、両面の剥離フィルムを除去した後には、支持基材を有さない粘着層のみとなる両面粘着シートである。 Not only for polarizing plates but also for pressure sensitive adhesive sheets that bond surfaces between objects, many problems due to the peeling force of the release film have been reported. Various pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets are known, and a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is known as one of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets. The substrate-less double-sided PSA sheet consists of a laminate structure in which a light release film with a relatively low peel strength and a heavy release film with a relatively high peel strength are laminated on both sides of the adhesive layer. After the removal, the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet becomes only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having no supporting substrate.
 基材レス両面粘着シートの使用方法として、まず軽剥離フィルムが剥がされ、露出した粘着層の一方の表面が貼り合わせる相手方の物体面に接着され、その接着後、さらに重剥離フィルムが剥がされ、露出された粘着層の他方の面が、異なる物体面に接着され、これにより物体間が面接着される加工工程が例示される。 As a method of using the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, first, the light release film is peeled off, and one surface of the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is adhered to the object surface of the other side to be bonded, and after the adhesion, the heavy release film is further peeled off, A processing step in which the other surface of the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is bonded to a different object surface, whereby the objects are surface-bonded is exemplified.
 近年、基材レス両面粘着シートは、その作業性良好な点が注目され、用途が広がりつつあり、各種光学用途の部材、例えば、携帯電話等にも使用されている。特に、静電容量方式のタッチパネルは、二本の指で画面操作を行なうマルチタッチ操作により、情報端末としての用途が急速に拡大する状況にある。静電容量方式のタッチパネルは、抵抗膜方式に比べ、構成上、印刷の段差が厚くなる傾向にあるため、粘着層を厚くして印刷の段差を解消する提案がなされている。粘着層を厚くした場合には、離型フィルムを剥す時に、粘着層の一部が離型フィルムに付着する、或いは離型フィルムに転写した部分の粘着層に気泡が混入する等の不具合を生じる場合があった。そのため、基材レス両面粘着シートを光学用途に使用する場合には、基材レス両面粘着シートだけでなく、組み合わせる離型フィルムにおいても、従来よりも一段と厳しく、より高度な品質の離型フィルムが必要とされる状況にある。 In recent years, the baseless double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has attracted attention because of its good workability, and its application is expanding. It is also used for members for various optical applications such as mobile phones. In particular, a capacitive touch panel is rapidly expanding its application as an information terminal by a multi-touch operation in which a screen operation is performed with two fingers. Since the capacitive touch panel tends to have a thicker printing step than the resistive film method, a proposal has been made to eliminate the printing step by thickening the adhesive layer. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is made thick, when the release film is peeled off, a part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adheres to the release film, or air bubbles are mixed into the part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer transferred to the release film. There was a case. Therefore, when using a substrateless double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for optical applications, not only the substrateless double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet but also the release film to be combined is more stringent than before, and a release film with higher quality is required. The situation is needed.
 基材レス両面粘着シートの使用において、軽剥離離型フィルムを粘着層から剥離する際に、軽剥離離型フィルムの剥離力が高く、粘着剤から上手く剥離できず、歩留まりが低下することが問題になっている。 When using a substrate-less double-sided PSA sheet, when peeling the light release release film from the adhesive layer, the peel strength of the light release release film is high, and it cannot be peeled off well from the adhesive, reducing yield. It has become.
 かかる問題に対する解決策として、例えば、特許文献1、特許文献2に記載あるように、離型層の剥離速度を一定レベル以下にする提案がされている。しかしながら、近年、特に粘着層の段差吸収性に注目して、粘着層自体がより柔軟なタイプを使用する場合には、前記記載の離型フィルムを用いても、必ずしも、満足できるレベルではない場合があった。また、前記方法では、移行成分を含むシリコーン樹脂を添加するため、移行性が悪化し、粘着剤と貼り合せた時に粘着剤側に移行成分が移行し、粘着剤を汚染する可能性や、粘着加工工程を汚染するという課題がある。 As a solution to this problem, for example, as described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, a proposal has been made to set the release rate of the release layer below a certain level. However, in recent years, especially when paying attention to the level difference absorbability of the adhesive layer, when the adhesive layer itself uses a more flexible type, even if the release film described above is used, the level is not always satisfactory was there. Further, in the above method, since a silicone resin containing a migration component is added, the migration property deteriorates, and the migration component migrates to the pressure-sensitive adhesive side when bonded to the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be contaminated. There is a problem of contaminating the processing process.
特開2012-25088号公報JP 2012-25088 A 特開2012-179888号公報JP 2012-179888 A
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みなされたものであって、その解決課題は、粘着剤からの離型性が良好で、オリゴマー析出量が極めて少なく、移行性が少なく、例えば、静電容量方式のタッチパネル製造用等、液晶ディスプレイ(LCD)に用いられる偏光板、位相差板等のLCD構成部材製造用、プラズマディスプレイパネル構成部材製造用、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス構成部材製造用等、各種ディスプレイ構成部材製造用のほか、各種粘着剤層保護用途に好適な離型フィルムを提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the solution is that the releasability from the pressure-sensitive adhesive is good, the amount of oligomer precipitation is extremely small, the migration is small, for example, the capacitance method For manufacturing various display components such as for manufacturing touch panel, LCD components such as polarizing plates and retardation plates used in liquid crystal displays (LCDs), plasma display panel components, and organic electroluminescence components In addition, another object of the present invention is to provide a release film suitable for various adhesive layer protecting applications.
 本発明者は、上記実情に鑑み鋭意検討した結果、特定の構成を有するポリエステルフィルムによれば、上記課題を容易に解決できることを見いだし、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive studies in view of the above circumstances, the present inventor has found that the above problems can be easily solved by using a polyester film having a specific configuration, and has completed the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の要旨は、官能基を有する反応性シリコーン樹脂と、未反応性シリコーン樹脂と、白金系触媒とを含有する塗布液から形成されたシリコーン系離型層をポリエステルフィルムの片面に有することを特徴とする離型フィルムに存する。 That is, the gist of the present invention is that a polyester film has a silicone-based release layer formed from a coating solution containing a reactive silicone resin having a functional group, an unreactive silicone resin, and a platinum-based catalyst. It exists in the release film characterized by this.
 本発明によれば、粘着剤との離型性良好で、オリゴマー析出量が極めて少なく、移行性の低い離型ポリエステルフィルムを提供することができ、その工業的価値は高い。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a release polyester film having good release properties with an adhesive, very little oligomer precipitation, and low migration, and its industrial value is high.
本発明の基材レス両面粘着シートの一例を示す断面模式図である。It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram which shows an example of the base-material-less double-sided adhesive sheet of this invention.
<第1の実施形態>
 本発明でいうポリエステルフィルムとは、いわゆる押出法に従い押出口金から溶融押出されたシートを延伸したフィルムである。
<First Embodiment>
The polyester film referred to in the present invention is a film obtained by stretching a sheet melt-extruded from an extrusion die according to a so-called extrusion method.
 上記のフィルムを構成するポリエステルとは、ジカルボン酸と、ジオールとからあるいはヒドロキシカルボン酸から重縮合によって得られるエステル基を含むポリマーを指す。ジカルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸等を、ジオールとしては、エチレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、ポリエチレングリコール等を、ヒドロキシカルボン酸としては、p-ヒドロキシ安息香酸、6-ヒドロキシ-2-ナフトエ酸等をそれぞれ例示することができる。かかるポリマーの代表的なものとして、ポリエチレンテレフタレートやポリエチレン-2、6-ナフタレート等が例示される。 The polyester constituting the above film refers to a polymer containing an ester group obtained by polycondensation from dicarboxylic acid and diol or from hydroxycarboxylic acid. Dicarboxylic acids include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, etc., and diols include ethylene glycol, 1,4-butane. Examples include diol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, and polyethylene glycol. Examples of hydroxycarboxylic acid include p-hydroxybenzoic acid and 6-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid. be able to. Typical examples of such polymers include polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate.
 本発明のフィルム中には、易滑性の付与および各工程での傷発生防止を主たる目的として、粒子を配合することが好ましい。配合する粒子の種類は、易滑性付与可能な粒子であれば特に限定されるものではなく、具体例としては、例えば、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、リン酸マグネシウム、カオリン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化チタン等の粒子が挙げられる。また、特公昭59-5216号公報、特開昭59-217755号公報等に記載されているような耐熱性有機粒子を用いてもよい。この他の耐熱性有機粒子の例として、熱硬化性尿素樹脂、熱硬化性フェノール樹脂、熱硬化性エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂等が挙げられる。さらに、ポリエステル製造工程中、触媒等の金属化合物の一部を沈殿、微分散させた析出粒子を用いることもできる。 In the film of the present invention, it is preferable to blend particles for the main purpose of imparting easy slipping and preventing scratches in each step. The kind of the particle to be blended is not particularly limited as long as it is a particle capable of imparting slipperiness. Specific examples thereof include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, and phosphoric acid. Examples of the particles include magnesium, kaolin, aluminum oxide, and titanium oxide. Further, heat-resistant organic particles as described in JP-B-59-5216, JP-A-59-217755 and the like may be used. Examples of other heat-resistant organic particles include thermosetting urea resins, thermosetting phenol resins, thermosetting epoxy resins, benzoguanamine resins, and the like. Furthermore, precipitated particles obtained by precipitating and finely dispersing a part of a metal compound such as a catalyst during the polyester production process can also be used.
 一方、使用する粒子の形状に関しても特に限定されるわけではなく、球状、塊状、棒状、扁平状等のいずれを用いてもよい。また、その硬度、比重、色等についても特に制限はない。これら一連の粒子は、必要に応じて2種類以上を併用してもよい。 On the other hand, the shape of the particles to be used is not particularly limited, and any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like may be used. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular about the hardness, specific gravity, a color, etc. These series of particles may be used in combination of two or more as required.
 また、用いる粒子の平均粒径は、通常0.01~3μm、好ましくは0.1~2μmの範囲である。平均粒径が0.01μm未満の場合には、易滑性を十分に付与できない場合がある。一方、3μmを超える場合には、フィルムの製膜時に、その粒子の凝集物のために透明性が低下することがある他に、破断などを起こし易くなり、生産性の面で問題になることがある。 The average particle size of the particles used is usually in the range of 0.01 to 3 μm, preferably 0.1 to 2 μm. When the average particle size is less than 0.01 μm, the slipperiness may not be sufficiently imparted. On the other hand, when the thickness exceeds 3 μm, transparency may be lowered due to the aggregate of the particles when the film is formed, and it is easy to cause breakage, which causes a problem in terms of productivity. There is.
 さらにポリエステル中の粒子含有量は、通常0.001~5重量%、好ましくは0.005~3重量%の範囲である。粒子含有量が0.001重量%未満の場合には、フィルムの易滑性が不十分な場合があり、一方、5重量%を超えて添加する場合には、フィルムの透明性が不十分な場合がある。 Further, the content of particles in the polyester is usually 0.001 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 3% by weight. When the particle content is less than 0.001% by weight, the slipperiness of the film may be insufficient. On the other hand, when the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transparency of the film is insufficient. There is a case.
 ポリエステル層中に粒子を添加する方法としては、特に限定されるものではなく、従来公知の方法を採用しうる。例えば、各層を構成するポリエステルを製造する任意の段階において添加することができるが、好ましくはエステル化もしくはエステル交換反応終了後、添加するのが良い。 The method for adding particles to the polyester layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted. For example, it can be added at any stage for producing the polyester constituting each layer, but it is preferably added after completion of esterification or transesterification.
 また、ベント付き混練押出機を用い、エチレングリコールまたは水などに分散させた粒子のスラリーとポリエステル原料とをブレンドする方法、または、混練押出機を用い、乾燥させた粒子とポリエステル原料とをブレンドする方法などによって行われる。 Also, a method of blending a slurry of particles dispersed in ethylene glycol or water with a vented kneading extruder and a polyester raw material, or a blending of dried particles and a polyester raw material using a kneading extruder. It is done by methods.
 なお、本発明におけるポリエステルフィルム中には、上述の粒子以外に必要に応じて従来公知の酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、熱安定剤、潤滑剤、染料、顔料等を添加することができる。 In addition to the above-mentioned particles, conventionally known antioxidants, antistatic agents, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, dyes, pigments, and the like can be added to the polyester film in the present invention as necessary.
 本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムの厚みは、フィルムとして製膜可能な範囲であれば特に限定されるものではないが、通常10~350μm、好ましくは15~100μmの範囲である。 The thickness of the polyester film in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film, but is usually in the range of 10 to 350 μm, preferably 15 to 100 μm.
 本発明の離型フィルムは、180℃で10分間加熱した後、離型層表面のオリゴマー量(OL)が2.0mg/m以下である。ここでいう加熱後のオリゴマー量は、離型フィルムを180℃で10分間加熱した後の表面をDMF(ジメチルホルムアミド)4mlで洗浄して、そのDMF中のオリゴマー量を液体クロマトグラフィーで求め、この値を、DMFを接触させたフィルム面積で割って、フィルム表面オリゴマー量(mg/m)として測定することができる。 The release film of the present invention has an oligomer amount (OL) of 2.0 mg / m 2 or less on the release layer surface after heating at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes. The amount of oligomer after heating is determined by washing the surface of the release film at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes with 4 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide), and determining the amount of oligomer in the DMF by liquid chromatography. The value can be measured as the film surface oligomer amount (mg / m 2 ) divided by the film area contacted with DMF.
 加熱後のOLを減じるには、ポリエステルの固相重合でポリエステル中のオリゴマー量を減らす方法や、オリゴマーの析出を防ぐ塗布層を設ける方法などが挙げられる。特に本発明では、塗布層にオリゴマーの析出を防ぐ機能を持たせることが効果的である。オリゴマーの析出を防ぐには、種々の方法を取りえる。たとえばアルミニウムを含む有機化合物を塗布層に含有させる方法があるが、これに限定されるものではない。 In order to reduce the OL after heating, there are a method of reducing the amount of oligomer in the polyester by solid phase polymerization of the polyester, a method of providing a coating layer for preventing oligomer precipitation, and the like. In particular, in the present invention, it is effective to provide the coating layer with a function of preventing oligomer precipitation. Various methods can be used to prevent oligomer precipitation. For example, there is a method of containing an organic compound containing aluminum in the coating layer, but the method is not limited thereto.
 次に、本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムの製造例について具体的に説明するが、以下の製造例に何ら限定されるものではない。すなわち、先に述べたポリエステル原料を使用し、ダイから押し出された溶融シートを冷却ロールで冷却固化して未延伸シートを得る方法が好ましい。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるためシートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高めることが好ましく、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。次に得られた未延伸シートは二軸方向に延伸される。その場合、まず、前記の未延伸シートを一方向にロールまたはテンター方式の延伸機により延伸する。延伸温度は、通常90~140℃、好ましくは95~120℃であり、延伸倍率は通常2.5~7倍、好ましくは3.0~6倍である。次いで、一段目の延伸方向と直交する方向に延伸するが、その場合、延伸温度は通常90~170℃であり、延伸倍率は通常3.0~7倍、好ましくは3.5~6倍である。そして、引き続き180~270℃の温度で緊張下または30%以内の弛緩下で熱処理を行い、二軸配向フィルムを得る。上記の延伸においては、一方向の延伸を2段階以上で行う方法を採用することもできる。その場合、最終的に二方向の延伸倍率がそれぞれ上記範囲となるように行うのが好ましい。 Next, a production example of the polyester film in the present invention will be specifically described, but it is not limited to the following production examples. That is, a method of using the polyester raw material described above and cooling and solidifying a molten sheet extruded from a die with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferable. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method is preferably employed. Next, the obtained unstretched sheet is stretched in the biaxial direction. In that case, first, the unstretched sheet is stretched in one direction by a roll or a tenter type stretching machine. The stretching temperature is usually 90 to 140 ° C., preferably 95 to 120 ° C., and the stretching ratio is usually 2.5 to 7 times, preferably 3.0 to 6 times. Next, the film is stretched in the direction perpendicular to the first stretching direction. In this case, the stretching temperature is usually 90 to 170 ° C., and the stretching ratio is usually 3.0 to 7 times, preferably 3.5 to 6 times. is there. Subsequently, heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 180 to 270 ° C. under tension or relaxation within 30% to obtain a biaxially oriented film. In the above-described stretching, a method in which stretching in one direction is performed in two or more stages can be employed. In that case, it is preferable to carry out so that the draw ratios in the two directions finally fall within the above ranges.
 また、本発明のポリエステルフィルム製造に関しては、同時二軸延伸法を採用することもできる。同時二軸延伸法は、前記の未延伸シートを通常90~140℃、好ましくは80~110℃で温度コントロールされた状態で機械方向および幅方向に同時に延伸し配向させる方法であり、延伸倍率としては、面積倍率で4~50倍、好ましくは7~35倍、さらに好ましくは10~25倍である。そして、引き続き、170~250℃の温度で緊張下または30%以内の弛緩下で熱処理を行い、延伸配向フィルムを得る。上述の延伸方式を採用する同時二軸延伸装置に関しては、スクリュー方式、パンタグラフ方式、リニアー駆動方式等、従来公知の延伸方式を採用することができる。 Also, for the production of the polyester film of the present invention, a simultaneous biaxial stretching method can be employed. The simultaneous biaxial stretching method is a method in which the above-mentioned unstretched sheet is stretched and oriented in the machine direction and the width direction at a temperature controlled usually at 90 to 140 ° C., preferably 80 to 110 ° C. Is 4 to 50 times, preferably 7 to 35 times, and more preferably 10 to 25 times in terms of area magnification. Subsequently, heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 170 to 250 ° C. under tension or under relaxation within 30% to obtain a stretched oriented film. With respect to the simultaneous biaxial stretching apparatus that employs the above-described stretching method, a conventionally known stretching method such as a screw method, a pantograph method, or a linear driving method can be employed.
 ポリエステルフィルムの表面に塗布層を形成する方法は、特に制限されないが、ポリエステルフィルムを製造する工程中で塗布液を塗布する方法が好適に採用される。具体的には、未延伸シート表面に塗布液を塗布して乾燥する方法、一軸延伸フィルム表面に塗布液を塗布して乾燥する方法、二軸延伸フィルム表面に塗布液を塗布して乾燥する方法等が挙げられる。これらの中では、未延伸フィルムまたは一軸延伸フィルム表面に塗布液を塗布後、フィルムに熱処理を行う過程で同時に塗布層を乾燥硬化する方法が経済的である。また、塗布層を形成する方法として、必要に応じ、前述の塗布方法の幾つかを併用した方法も採用し得る。具体的には、未延伸シート表面に第一層を塗布して乾燥し、その後、一軸方向に延伸後、第二層を塗布して乾燥する方法等が挙げられる。ポリエステルフィルムの表面に塗布液を塗布する方法としては、原崎勇次著、槙書店、1979年発行、「コーティング方式」に示されるリバースロールコーター、グラビアコーター、ロッドコーター、エアドクターコーター等を使用することができる。 The method for forming the coating layer on the surface of the polyester film is not particularly limited, but a method of coating the coating solution in the process of producing the polyester film is suitably employed. Specifically, a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of an unstretched sheet, a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of a uniaxially stretched film, and a method of applying and drying a coating solution on the surface of a biaxially stretched film Etc. Among these, it is economical to apply a coating solution on the surface of an unstretched film or a uniaxially stretched film, and then simultaneously dry and cure the coating layer in the process of heat-treating the film. Moreover, as a method for forming the coating layer, a method in which some of the above-described coating methods are used in combination can be adopted as necessary. Specifically, a method of applying a first layer on the surface of an unstretched sheet and drying, then stretching in a uniaxial direction, and then applying and drying a second layer can be used. Use the reverse roll coater, gravure coater, rod coater, air doctor coater, etc. shown in “Coating Method” by Yuji Harasaki, Tsuji Shoten, published in 1979, as a method of applying the coating solution to the surface of the polyester film. Can do.
 次に本発明における塗布層の形成について説明する。本発明の離型フィルムを構成する塗布層は、オリゴマー析出防止性を良好とすると共に、経時での離型層とポリエステルフィルムとの塗膜密着性を良好とするために有機珪素化合物を含有することが好ましく、下記一般式(1)で表される有機珪素化合物を使用することがより好ましい。 Next, the formation of the coating layer in the present invention will be described. The coating layer constituting the release film of the present invention contains an organosilicon compound in order to improve the oligomer precipitation preventing property and to improve the coating film adhesion between the release layer and the polyester film over time. It is preferable to use an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (1).
 Si(X)(Y)(R …(1) Si (X) d (Y) e (R 1 ) f (1)
 上記式中、Xはエポキシ基、メルカプト基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アルケニル基、ハロアルキル基およびアミノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種を有する有機基、R1は一価炭化水素基であり、かつ炭素数1~10のものであり、Yは加水分解性基であり、dは1または2の整数、eは2または3の整数、fは0または1の整数であり、d+e+f=4である。 In the above formula, X is an organic group having at least one selected from an epoxy group, a mercapto group, a (meth) acryloyl group, an alkenyl group, a haloalkyl group and an amino group, R1 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and has a carbon number 1 to 10, Y is a hydrolyzable group, d is an integer of 1 or 2, e is an integer of 2 or 3, f is an integer of 0 or 1, and d + e + f = 4.
 前記一般式(1)で表される有機珪素化合物は、加水分解・縮合反応によりシロキサン結合を形成しうる加水分解性基Yを2個有するもの(D単位源)あるいは3個有するもの(T単位源)を使用することができる。 The organosilicon compound represented by the general formula (1) has two hydrolyzable groups Y (D unit source) or three (T unit) capable of forming a siloxane bond by hydrolysis / condensation reaction. Source) can be used.
 一般式(1)において、一価炭化水素基Rは、炭素数が1~10のもので、特にメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (1), the monovalent hydrocarbon group R 1 has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
 一般式(1)において、加水分解性基Yとしては、従来公知のものが使用可能で、以下のものを例示できる。メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソプロペノキシ基、アセトキシ基、ブタノキシム基およびアミノ基等。これらの加水分解性基は、単独あるいは複数種を使用してもよい。メトキシ基あるいはエトキシ基を適用すると、コーティング材に良好な保存安定性を付与でき、また適当な加水分解性があるため、特に好ましい。 In the general formula (1), as the hydrolyzable group Y, conventionally known ones can be used, and the following can be exemplified. Methoxy group, ethoxy group, butoxy group, isopropenoxy group, acetoxy group, butanoxime group, amino group and the like. These hydrolyzable groups may be used alone or in combination. The application of a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is particularly preferable because it can impart good storage stability to the coating material and has suitable hydrolyzability.
 本発明において、塗布層中に含有する有機珪素化合物としては、具体的にはビニルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、β-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-メタアクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、5-ヘキセニルトリメトキシシラン、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジイソプロペノキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン等を例示することができる。 In the present invention, specific examples of the organosilicon compound contained in the coating layer include vinyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, β- (3 , 4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 5-hexenyltri Methoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldiisopropenoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) Echi It can be exemplified trimethoxysilane.
 本発明において、離型フィルムのオリゴマー析出防止性を良好とすると共に、経時での離型層とポリエステルフィルムとの塗膜密着性を良好とするために、アルミニウムを含む有機化合物を塗布層中に含有するのが好ましい。 In the present invention, in order to improve the oligomer deposition preventing property of the release film and to improve the coating film adhesion between the release layer and the polyester film over time, an organic compound containing aluminum is added to the coating layer. It is preferable to contain.
 アルミニウム元素を有する有機化合物の具体例としてはアルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネ-ト)、アルミニウムモノアセチルアセトネートビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウム-ジ-n-ブトキシド-モノエチルアセトアセテート、アルミニウム-ジ-イソ-プロポキシド-モノメチルアセトアセテート、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)等が例示される。 Specific examples of the organic compound having an aluminum element include aluminum tris (acetylacetonate), aluminum monoacetylacetonate bis (ethylacetoacetate), aluminum-di-n-butoxide-monoethylacetoacetate, aluminum di- Examples include iso-propoxide monomethyl acetoacetate, aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate) and the like.
 塗布層に含まれるアルミニウム化合物の量は通常0.001~70重量%、好ましくは5~35重量%であり、さらに好ましくは5~15重量%の範囲である。アルミニウム化合物の量が0.001重量%以下であると、塗布層の硬化反応が迅速に進まず、塗布層の上に離型層を形成した後の離型面の塗膜密着性が悪化することがある。また、アルミニウム化合物の量が70重量%以上であると、塗布層の硬化反応に関与せずに、塗布層中に残存したアルミニウム化合物が離型層の硬化を妨げ、離型面の塗膜密着性が悪化することがある。 The amount of the aluminum compound contained in the coating layer is usually 0.001 to 70% by weight, preferably 5 to 35% by weight, and more preferably 5 to 15% by weight. When the amount of the aluminum compound is 0.001% by weight or less, the curing reaction of the coating layer does not proceed rapidly, and the coating film adhesion on the release surface after forming the release layer on the coating layer is deteriorated. Sometimes. Further, when the amount of the aluminum compound is 70% by weight or more, the aluminum compound remaining in the coating layer does not participate in the curing reaction of the coating layer and prevents the release layer from being cured, and the coating film adheres to the release surface. Sexuality may worsen.
 塗布層には、アルミニウム元素以外の金属元素を有する有機化合物も含有することができる。特に、有機スズ化合物が好ましい。有機スズ化合物の具体例として、ジブチルスズジラウレート、ジブチルスズジアセテート、ジブチルスズジオクテート、ジブチルスズジオレート、ジフェニルスズジアセテート、ジブチルスズオキサイド、ジブチルスズジメトキサイド、ジブチルビス(トリエトキシシロキシ)スズ、ジブチルスズベンジルマレート、ジオクチルスズジアセテート、ジオクチルスズジラウリレート等が挙げられる。 The coating layer can also contain an organic compound having a metal element other than the aluminum element. In particular, an organic tin compound is preferable. Specific examples of organotin compounds include dibutyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin diacetate, dibutyltin dioctate, dibutyltin dioleate, diphenyltin diacetate, dibutyltin oxide, dibutyltin dimethoxide, dibutylbis (triethoxysiloxy) tin, dibutyltin benzylmalate, dioctyl Examples thereof include tin diacetate and dioctyltin dilaurate.
 さらに塗布層の固着性、滑り性改良を目的として、無機系粒子を含有してもよく、具体例としてはシリカ、アルミナ、カオリン、炭酸カルシウム、酸化チタン、バリウム塩等が挙げられる。 Further, inorganic particles may be contained for the purpose of improving the adhesion and slipperiness of the coating layer, and specific examples include silica, alumina, kaolin, calcium carbonate, titanium oxide, barium salt and the like.
 また、必要に応じて消泡剤、塗布性改良剤、増粘剤、有機系潤滑剤、有機系高分子粒子、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤発泡剤、染料等が含有されてもよい。 In addition, an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, organic polymer particles, an antioxidant, a UV absorber foaming agent, a dye, and the like may be contained as necessary.
 本発明の要旨を越えない範囲において、分散性改良、造膜性改良等を目的として、使用する有機溶剤は一種類のみでもよく、適宜、二種類以上を使用してもよい。 In the range not exceeding the gist of the present invention, only one type of organic solvent may be used for the purpose of improving dispersibility, improving film forming property, etc., and two or more types may be used as appropriate.
 本発明における離型フィルムを構成するポリエステルフィルム上に設けられる塗布層の塗布量(乾燥後)は通常0.005~1g/m、好ましくは0.005~0.5g/mの範囲である。塗布量(乾燥後)が、0.005g/m未満の場合には、塗布厚みの均一性が不十分な場合があり、熱処理後、塗布層表面から析出するオリゴマー量が多くなる場合がある。一方、1g/mを超えて塗布する場合には、滑り性低下等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 The coating amount (after drying) of the coating layer provided on the polyester film constituting the release film in the present invention is usually 0.005 to 1 g / m 2 , preferably 0.005 to 0.5 g / m 2 . is there. When the coating amount (after drying) is less than 0.005 g / m 2 , the uniformity of coating thickness may be insufficient, and the amount of oligomer deposited from the coating layer surface may increase after heat treatment. . On the other hand, when the coating is applied in excess of 1 g / m 2 , problems such as a decrease in slipperiness may occur.
 本発明において、ポリエステルフィルム上に塗布層を形成する際の硬化条件に関しては、特に限定されるわけではなく、例えば、オフラインコーティングにより塗布層を設ける場合、通常60~200℃で3~40秒間、好ましくは80~180℃で3~40秒間を目安として熱処理を行うのがよい。また、必要に応じて熱処理と紫外線照射等の活性エネルギー線照射とを併用してもよい。 In the present invention, the curing conditions for forming the coating layer on the polyester film are not particularly limited. For example, when the coating layer is provided by off-line coating, usually at 60 to 200 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds, The heat treatment is preferably performed at 80 to 180 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds as a guide. Moreover, you may use together heat processing and active energy ray irradiation, such as ultraviolet irradiation, as needed.
 本発明において得られたポリエステルフィルムの片方の最外層に形成する離型層硬化型シリコーン樹脂の種類としては、付加型・縮合型・紫外線硬化型・電子線硬化型・無溶剤型等何れの硬化反応タイプでも用いることができる。 The type of release layer curable silicone resin to be formed on the outermost layer of one of the polyester films obtained in the present invention is any of addition type, condensation type, ultraviolet curable type, electron beam curable type, solventless type, etc. The reaction type can also be used.
 本発明において使用する、アルケニル基およびアルキル基を官能基として有するシリコーン樹脂の例としては以下のようなものが挙げられる。まず、アルケニル基を含む硬化型シリコーン樹脂は、ジオルガノポリシロキサンとして、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位96モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位4モル%、分子鎖両末端ジメチルビニルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位97モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位3モル%)、分子鎖両末端ジメチルヘキセニルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位95モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位5モル%)が挙げられる。次に、アルキル基を含む硬化型シリコーン樹脂は、オルガノハイドロジェンポリシロキサンとして、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルハイドロジェンシロキサン共重合体、分子鎖両末端ジメチルハイドロジェンシロキシ基封鎖メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン、分子鎖両末端ジメチルハイドロジェンシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルハイドロジェンシロキサン共重合体が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone resins having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as functional groups used in the present invention include the following. First, a curable silicone resin containing an alkenyl group is a diorganopolysiloxane having a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (96 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 4 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit). , Dimethylvinylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (97 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 3 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit), dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenyl blocked with dimethylhexenylsiloxy group blocked at both ends of the molecular chain Siloxane copolymers (95 mol% of dimethylsiloxane units and 5 mol% of methylhexenylsiloxane units) can be mentioned. Genpolysiloxanes include trimethylsiloxy group-capped methylhydrogen polysiloxane with both molecular chains, trimethylsiloxy group-capped dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane copolymer with both molecular chains, and dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped methylhydro with molecular chains. Genpolysiloxane, dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane copolymer having both molecular chain ends.
 本発明において使用する、ヘキセニル基とフェニル基を有するシリコーン樹脂としては、下記一般式(I)で示される、オルガノポリシロキサンが好ましい。化学構造を一般式(I)で示しているが、直鎖状構造でもよいし、枝分かれ構造でもよい。各官能基の導入部分も任意でよい。 As the silicone resin having a hexenyl group and a phenyl group used in the present invention, an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable. Although the chemical structure is shown by the general formula (I), it may be a linear structure or a branched structure. The introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 
 上記式中、a、bは、それぞれ正の整数を表す。 In the above formula, a and b each represent a positive integer.
 本発明において使用する、ビニル基とフェニル基を有するシリコーン樹脂としては、下記一般式(II)で示される、オルガノポリシロキサンが好ましい。化学構造を一般式(II)で示しているが、直鎖状構造でもよいし、枝分かれ構造でもよい。各官能基の導入部分も任意でよい。 As the silicone resin having a vinyl group and a phenyl group used in the present invention, an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable. The chemical structure is shown by the general formula (II), but it may be a linear structure or a branched structure. The introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 
 上記式中、c、dは、それぞれ正の整数を表す。 In the above formula, c and d each represent a positive integer.
 本発明において使用する、ヒドロシリル基を有するシリコーン樹脂としては、下記一般式(III)で示される、オルガノポリシロキサンが好ましい。化学構造を一般式(III)で示しているが、直鎖状構造でもよいし、枝分かれ構造でもよい。各官能基の導入部分も任意でよい。 The silicone resin having a hydrosilyl group used in the present invention is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (III). The chemical structure is shown by the general formula (III), but it may be a linear structure or a branched structure. The introduction part of each functional group may be optional.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 
 上記式中、e、fは、それぞれ正の整数を表す。 In the above formula, e and f each represent a positive integer.
 ヘキセニル基を有するシリコーン樹脂とビニルポリマー基を有するシリコーン樹脂を(I)式と(II)式に分けているが、1つのオルガノポリシロキサン中にヘキセニル基とビニルポリマー基含有してもよい。 Although the silicone resin having a hexenyl group and the silicone resin having a vinyl polymer group are divided into the formulas (I) and (II), a hexenyl group and a vinyl polymer group may be contained in one organopolysiloxane.
 また、フェニル基は必ずしもヘキセニル基とビニル基含有のシリコーン樹脂に含まれる必要はなく、1つのオルガノポリシロキサン中にフェニル基を含有してもよい。 Further, the phenyl group is not necessarily contained in the hexenyl group and vinyl group-containing silicone resin, and one organopolysiloxane may contain the phenyl group.
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれるヘキセニル基とビニル基とフェニル基とヒドロシリル基の比は、ヒドロシリル基を100とした時にヘキセニル基は35~65、ビニル基は5~35、フェニル基は1~20であることが好ましい。望ましくはヘキセニル基は45~55、ビニル基は15~25、フェニル基は2~10であることがさらに好ましい。ヘキセニル基が35未満だと、シリコーン硬化反応が不十分となり、30000mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムを粘着剤から高速で剥離した時に、綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。ヘキセニル基が65を超えると、シリコーン硬化において、架橋点が多くなり過ぎ、300mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムが粘着剤から綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。ビニル基が15未満だと、シリコーン硬化反応が不十分となり、30000mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムを粘着剤から高速で剥離した時に、綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。ビニル基が35を超えると、シリコーン硬化において、架橋点が多くなり過ぎ、300mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムが粘着剤から綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。フェニル基が1未満だと、シリコーン膜が柔らかくなりとなり、30000mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムを粘着剤から高速で剥離した時に、綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。フェニル基が20を超えると、シリコーン膜が硬くなりすぎ、300mm/分での剥離力が高くなり、離型フィルムが粘着剤から綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。 The ratio of hexenyl group, vinyl group, phenyl group, and hydrosilyl group contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is as follows. When the hydrosilyl group is 100, the hexenyl group is 35 to 65, the vinyl group is 5 to 35, and the phenyl group is 1 Preferably, it is ˜20. More desirably, the hexenyl group is 45 to 55, the vinyl group is 15 to 25, and the phenyl group is 2 to 10. If the hexenyl group is less than 35, the silicone curing reaction becomes insufficient, the peel force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that it does not peel off cleanly. is there. When the hexenyl group exceeds 65, the number of cross-linking points increases in the silicone curing, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film cannot be peeled cleanly from the adhesive. If the vinyl group is less than 15, the silicone curing reaction becomes insufficient, the peel force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that the film cannot be peeled cleanly. is there. When the vinyl group exceeds 35, the number of cross-linking points increases in the silicone curing, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film cannot be peeled cleanly from the adhesive. When the phenyl group is less than 1, the silicone film becomes soft, the peeling force at 30000 mm / min becomes high, and when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, there may be a problem that the silicone film does not peel off beautifully. . When the phenyl group exceeds 20, the silicone film becomes too hard, the peeling force at 300 mm / min becomes high, and there may be a problem that the release film does not peel off from the adhesive.
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれるジメチルシリル基(一般式(I)のa、一般式(II)のc、一般式(III)のf)数は2000以上5000以下が好ましい。さらに好ましくは3000以上4000以下が好ましい。2000未満だと、分子量が小さく未反応シリコーンが粘着層に移行するなどの不具合が発生する場合がある。5000より多いと、分子量が大き過ぎて、硬化反応がスムーズにいかず、所望の剥離特性が得られない可能性がある。 The number of dimethylsilyl groups (a in general formula (I), c in general formula (II), and f in general formula (III)) contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is preferably 2000 or more and 5000 or less. More preferably, 3000 or more and 4000 or less are preferable. If it is less than 2000, the molecular weight is small, and problems such as transfer of unreacted silicone to the adhesive layer may occur. If it exceeds 5000, the molecular weight is too large, the curing reaction does not proceed smoothly, and the desired release characteristics may not be obtained.
 本発明において軽剥離性を付与するために、質量平均分子量50000以上100000以下の未反応性シリコーン樹脂を添加することを必須とするものである。 In the present invention, in order to impart light peelability, it is essential to add an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 50,000 to 100,000.
 前記の未反応性シリコーン樹脂としては、下記一般式(IV)で示される、オルガノポリシロキサンが好ましい。 The unreactive silicone resin is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 
 上記式中、gは正の整数を表す。 In the above formula, g represents a positive integer.
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれる未反応性シリコーン樹脂は、1~10重量%の範囲であり、好ましくは1~5重量%である。未反応性シリコーン樹脂の含有量が1%より低いと軽剥離にならず、5重量%を超えると、硬化性が著しく低下し、密着性も悪化する不具合がある。 The unreactive silicone resin contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight. When the content of the unreactive silicone resin is lower than 1%, light peeling does not occur, and when it exceeds 5% by weight, the curability is remarkably lowered and the adhesion is also deteriorated.
 本発明において剥離力を小さくするために、シリコーンオイルを添加してもよい。シリコーンオイルはストレートシリコーンオイル、変性シリコーンオイルと称されるシリコーンオイルで、以下のようなものが挙げられる。ストレートシリコーンとしては、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、メチルフェニルシリコーンオイル、メチルハイドロジェンシリコーンオイル等が挙げられる。また、変性シリコーンオイルとしては、側鎖型タイプのポリエーテル変性、アラルキル変性、フロロアルキル変性、長鎖アルキル変性、高級脂肪酸エステル変性、高級脂肪酸アミド変性、ポリエーテル・長鎖アルキル変性・アラルキル変性、フェニル変性、両末端型のポリエーテル変性、ポリエーテル・メトキシ変性などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, silicone oil may be added to reduce the peeling force. The silicone oil is a silicone oil called a straight silicone oil or a modified silicone oil, and examples thereof include the following. Examples of the straight silicone include dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, and the like. Further, as modified silicone oil, side chain type polyether modified, aralkyl modified, fluoroalkyl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher fatty acid amide modified, polyether / long chain alkyl modified / aralkyl modified, Examples include phenyl modification, polyether modification at both ends, and polyether / methoxy modification.
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれるシリコーンオイル成分は、1~10重量%の範囲であり、好ましくは1~5重量%である。シリコーンオイル成分の含有量が1%より低いと速度依存性が高くなり、5重量%を超えると、移行性が高く、粘着剤加工時にロール汚れや粘着剤面に移行して、粘着剥離力低下などが生じてしまう。 The silicone oil component contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight. When the content of the silicone oil component is lower than 1%, the speed dependency becomes high. When the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transferability is high, and the adhesive peels off when the adhesive is processed. Etc. will occur.
 本発明において日東電工株式会社製No.31Bテープによる残留接着率が80%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、85%以上である。残留接着率が80%より低いと、移行性が高く、粘着剤加工時にロール汚れや粘着剤面に移行して、粘着剥離力低下などが生じてしまうことがある。 In the present invention, Nitto Denko Corporation No. The residual adhesion rate with the 31B tape is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 85% or more. If the residual adhesive rate is lower than 80%, the transferability is high, and the adhesive may be transferred to roll dirt or the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface during processing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, resulting in a decrease in pressure-sensitive adhesive peeling force.
 本発明において日東電工株式会社製No.31Bテープによる300mm/分での剥離力は10~20mN/cmであることが好ましい。300mm/分での剥離力が20mN/cmを超えると、離型フィルムが粘着剤から綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。 In the present invention, Nitto Denko Corporation No. The peeling force with a 31B tape at 300 mm / min is preferably 10 to 20 mN / cm. When the peeling force at 300 mm / min exceeds 20 mN / cm, there may be a problem that the release film does not peel off from the adhesive.
 本発明において日東電工株式会社製No.31Bテープによる30000mm/分での剥離力は80mN/cm未満であることが好ましい。30000mm/分での剥離力が80mN/cmを超えると、離型フィルムを粘着剤から高速で剥離した時に、綺麗に剥がれなくなる不具合が発生する場合がある。 In the present invention, Nitto Denko Corporation No. The peeling force at 30000 mm / min with the 31B tape is preferably less than 80 mN / cm. If the peeling force at 30000 mm / min exceeds 80 mN / cm, there may be a problem that when the release film is peeled off from the adhesive at a high speed, it cannot be peeled cleanly.
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂の種類としては付加型・縮合型・紫外線硬化型・電子線硬化型・無溶剤型等、何れの硬化反応タイプでも用いることができる。具体例を挙げると、信越化学工業(株)製KS-774、KS-775、KS-778、KS-779H、KS-847H、KS-856、X-62-2422、X-62-2461、X-62-1387、X-62-5039、X-62-5040、KNS-3051、X-62-1496、KNS320A、KNS316、X-62-1574A/B、X-62-7052、X-62-7028A/B、X-62-7619、X-62-7213、X-62-2829、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ製YSR-3022、TPR-6700、TPR-6720、TPR-6721、TPR6500、TPR6501、UV9300、UV9425、XS56-A2775、XS56-A2982、XS56-C6010、XS56-C4880、UV9430、TPR6600、TPR6604、TPR6605、東レ・ダウコ-ニング(株)製SRX357、SRX211、SD7220、SD7292、LTC750A、LTC760A、LTC303E、LTC300B、LTC856、SP7259、BY24-468C、SP7248S、BY24-452、DKQ3-202、DKQ3-203、DKQ3-204、DKQ3-205、DKQ3-210等が例示される。さらに離型層の剥離性等を調整するため、剥離コントロール剤を併用してもよい。 As the type of the curable silicone resin, any of the curing reaction types such as an addition type, a condensation type, an ultraviolet curable type, an electron beam curable type, and a solventless type can be used. Specific examples include KS-774, KS-775, KS-778, KS-779H, KS-847H, KS-856, X-62-2422, X-62-2461, X, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. -62-1387, X-62-5039, X-62-5040, KNS-3051, X-62-1496, KNS320A, KNS316, X-62-1574A / B, X-62-7052, X-62-7028A / B, X-62-7619, X-62-7213, X-62-2829, YSR-3022, TPR-6700, TPR-6720, TPR-6721, TPR6500, TPR6501, UV9300, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials UV9425, XS56-A2775, XS56-A2982, XS56-C6010 XS56-C4880, UV9430, TPR6600, TPR6604, TPR6605, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. DKQ3-202, DKQ3-203, DKQ3-204, DKQ3-205, DKQ3-210, and the like. Further, a release control agent may be used in combination in order to adjust the release property of the release layer.
 本発明において、ポリエステルフィルムに離型層を設ける方法としては、リバースロールコート、グラビアコート、バーコート、ドクターブレードコート等、従来公知の塗工方式を用いることができる。本発明における離型層の塗布量は、通常0.01~1g/mの範囲である。 In the present invention, as a method for providing a release layer on the polyester film, a conventionally known coating method such as reverse roll coating, gravure coating, bar coating, doctor blade coating, or the like can be used. The coating amount of the release layer in the present invention is usually in the range of 0.01 to 1 g / m 2 .
 本発明において、離型層が設けられていない面には、接着層、帯電防止層、オリゴマー析出防止層等の塗布層を設けてもよく、また、ポリエステルフィルムにはコロナ処理、プラズマ処理等の表面処理を施してもよい。 In the present invention, a coating layer such as an adhesive layer, an antistatic layer and an oligomer precipitation preventing layer may be provided on the surface where the release layer is not provided, and the polyester film may be subjected to corona treatment, plasma treatment, etc. A surface treatment may be applied.
 本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムでは、離型層をきれいかつ頑丈にするため、付加型の反応を促進する白金系触媒を用いる。本成分としては、塩化白金酸、塩化白金酸のアルコール溶液、塩化白金酸とオレフィンとの錯体、塩化白金酸とアルケニルシロキサンとの錯体等の白金系化合物、白金黒、白金担持シリカ、白金担持活性炭が例示される。離型層中の白金系触媒含有量は、通常0.3~3.0重量%、好ましくは0.5~2.0重量%の範囲が良い。離型層中の白金系触媒含有量が0.3重量%よりも低い場合、剥離力の不具合や、塗布層での硬化反応が不十分になるため、面状悪化などの不具合を生じる場合があり、一方、離型層中の白金系触媒含有量が3.0重量%を超える場合には、コストがかかる、また、反応性が高まり、ゲル異物が発生する等の工程不具合を生じてしまうことがある。 In the polyester film of the present invention, a platinum-based catalyst that promotes an addition-type reaction is used in order to make the release layer clean and robust. As this component, chloroplatinic acid, alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid, a complex of chloroplatinic acid and olefin, a platinum compound such as a complex of chloroplatinic acid and alkenylsiloxane, platinum black, platinum-supported silica, platinum-supported activated carbon Is exemplified. The platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is usually 0.3 to 3.0% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 2.0% by weight. When the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is lower than 0.3% by weight, there may be problems such as deterioration of the surface condition due to insufficient peeling force and insufficient curing reaction in the coating layer. On the other hand, when the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer exceeds 3.0% by weight, the cost is increased, and the process becomes defective due to increased reactivity and generation of gel foreign matter. Sometimes.
 また、付加型の反応は非常に反応性が高いため、場合によっては、反応抑制剤として、アセチレンアルコールを添加することがある。その成分は炭素-炭素3重結合と水酸基を有する有機化合物であるが、好ましくは、3-メチル-1-ブチン-3-オール、3,5-ジメチル-1-ヘキシン-3-オールおよびフェニルブチノールからなる群から選択される化合物である。 Further, since the addition type reaction is very reactive, acetylene alcohol may be added as a reaction inhibitor in some cases. The component is an organic compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond and a hydroxyl group, but preferably 3-methyl-1-butyn-3-ol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexyn-3-ol, and phenylbuty It is a compound selected from the group consisting of nor.
 本発明における、剥離力とは、両面粘着テープ(日東電工製「No.31B」)を離型層面に貼り付け、室温にて1時間放置した後に、基材フィルムと剥離角度180°、任意の引張速度でテープを剥離したときに引張試験機で測定した値を言う。本発明において特定の剥離力を調整する方法は、離型層中の組成を選択することにより達成することができるが、その他の手段も採用でき、主にシリコーン離型層の離型剤の種類を、所望の剥離力に応じて変更することが好ましく、さらには、剥離力は用いる離型剤の塗布量に大きく依存するため、その離型剤の塗布量を調整する方法がさらに好ましい。 In the present invention, the peeling force refers to a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive tape (“No. 31B” manufactured by Nitto Denko) attached to the release layer surface and left at room temperature for 1 hour, and then the substrate film and the peeling angle of 180 °. The value measured with a tensile tester when the tape is peeled off at the tensile speed. The method for adjusting the specific peeling force in the present invention can be achieved by selecting the composition in the release layer, but other means can also be adopted, mainly the type of release agent for the silicone release layer. Is preferably changed according to the desired peeling force, and furthermore, since the peeling force largely depends on the application amount of the release agent to be used, a method of adjusting the application amount of the release agent is more preferable.
 本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムの剥離力の値については、300mm/分速度域での低速剥離力が通常10~20mN/cmの範囲である。当該剥離力が10mN/cm未満の場合、剥離力が軽くなりすぎて本来剥離する必要がない場面においても容易に剥離する不具合を生じることがある。剥離力が20mN/cmを超える場合、剥離力の重い方の離型フィルムとの剥離力差が小さくなり、剥離工程で不具合を生じたり、剥離力の重い方の離型フィルムの選定幅が狭くなったりすることがある。 Regarding the value of the peel force of the polyester film in the present invention, the low speed peel force in the 300 mm / min speed region is usually in the range of 10 to 20 mN / cm. When the peeling force is less than 10 mN / cm, there may be a problem that the peeling force becomes too light and easily peels even in a scene where it is not necessary to peel off. If the peel force exceeds 20 mN / cm, the difference in peel force between the release film with the greater peel force will be small, causing problems in the peel process, and the selection range for the release film with the greater peel force will be narrow. Sometimes it becomes.
 さらに、加工性を考慮に入れた60000mm/分速度域での高速剥離力が通常90mN/cm以下である。当該剥離力が90mN/cmよりも大きい場合、剥離力が重い方の離型フィルムとの剥離力差が小さくなり、剥離工程で剥離が上手くできなかったり、粘着剤ごと剥がれてしまったりする。 Furthermore, the high-speed peeling force in the 60000 mm / min speed region taking into consideration workability is usually 90 mN / cm or less. When the peeling force is greater than 90 mN / cm, the difference in peeling force with the release film having the heavier peeling force becomes small, and peeling may not be performed well in the peeling process, or the adhesive may be peeled off.
 本発明の離型フィルムを熱処理(180℃、10分間)した後、離型層表面からジメチルホルムアミドにより抽出されるポリエステルのオリゴマー量(OL)は、通常2.0mg/m以下、好ましくは1.0mg/m以下である。OLが2.0mg/mを超える場合、例えば、液晶構成部材製造時、粘着剤層保護用途に使用した場合、粘着剤の透明性低下、粘着剤層の粘着力低下、あるいは光学的評価を伴う検査工程において支障を来たす等の不具合を生じることがある。 After the release film of the present invention is heat-treated (180 ° C., 10 minutes), the amount of polyester oligomer (OL) extracted from the release layer surface with dimethylformamide is usually 2.0 mg / m 2 or less, preferably 1 0.0 mg / m 2 or less. When the OL exceeds 2.0 mg / m 2 , for example, when the liquid crystal component is manufactured, the adhesive layer is used for protecting the adhesive layer, the transparency of the adhesive is lowered, the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer is reduced, or optical evaluation is performed. There may be problems such as causing trouble in the accompanying inspection process.
 本発明における離型フィルムにおいては、OLが上記範囲を満足するために塗布層中に含有されるアルミニウム元素量として蛍光X線測定装置を用いてFP(Fundamental Parameter Method)法で測定した値が0.2kcps以上、さらには0.5kcps以上、特に0.8kcps以上であることが好ましい。アルミニウム元素量が0.2kcps未満の場合、所望するオリゴマー封止性能が得られない場合がある。 In the release film of the present invention, the value measured by the FP (Fundamental Parameter Method) method using a fluorescent X-ray measuring device as the amount of aluminum element contained in the coating layer is 0 so that OL satisfies the above range. .2 kcps or more, more preferably 0.5 kcps or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 kcps or more. When the amount of aluminum element is less than 0.2 kcps, the desired oligomer sealing performance may not be obtained.
 本発明において「オリゴマー」とは、熱処理後、結晶化してフィルム表面に析出するポリエステルの低分子量物のうちの環状三量体と定義する。 In the present invention, “oligomer” is defined as a cyclic trimer among low molecular weight polyesters that crystallize and precipitate on the film surface after heat treatment.
<第2の実施形態>
 本発明における、2種の離型フィルム(以下、剥離力が小さい方を第1離型フィルム、剥離欲が大きい方を第2離型フィルムと称することがある)を構成するポリエステルフィルムは単層構成であっても積層構成であってもよく、例えば、2層、3層構成以外にも本発明の要旨を超えない限り、4層またはそれ以上の多層であってもよく、特に限定されるものではない。
<Second Embodiment>
The polyester film constituting the two types of release films in the present invention (hereinafter, the one having a smaller peel force may be referred to as a first release film and the one having a greater release desire may be referred to as a second release film) is a single layer. It may be a configuration or a laminated configuration. For example, it may be a multi-layer of 4 layers or more as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention other than a 2-layer or 3-layer configuration, and is particularly limited. It is not a thing.
 本発明においてポリエステルフィルムに使用するポリエステルは、ホモポリエステルであっても共重合ポリエステルであってもよい。ホモポリエステルからなる場合、芳香族ジカルボン酸と脂肪族グリコールとを重縮合させて得られるものが好ましい。 In the present invention, the polyester used for the polyester film may be a homopolyester or a copolyester. In the case of a homopolyester, those obtained by polycondensation of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and an aliphatic glycol are preferred.
 芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸などが挙げられ、脂肪族グリコールとしては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid include terephthalic acid and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and examples of the aliphatic glycol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
 代表的なポリエステルとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)等が例示される。 Typical polyester is exemplified by polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
 一方、共重合ポリエステルのジカルボン酸成分としては、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、オキシカルボン酸(例えば、P-オキシ安息香酸など)等の一種または二種以上が挙げられ、グリコール成分として、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、ネオペンチルグリコール等の一種または二種以上が挙げられる。何れにしても本発明でいうポリエステルとは、通常60モル%以上、好ましくは80モル%以上がエチレンテレフタレート単位であるポリエチレンテレフタレート等であるポリエステルを指す。 On the other hand, examples of the dicarboxylic acid component of the copolyester include isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, and oxycarboxylic acid (eg, P-oxybenzoic acid). One or two or more types can be mentioned, and examples of the glycol component include one or more types such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, neopentyl glycol and the like. In any case, the polyester referred to in the present invention refers to a polyester that is usually 60 mol% or more, preferably 80 mol% or more of polyethylene terephthalate or the like which is an ethylene terephthalate unit.
 本発明において、ポリエステル層中には、易滑性付与を主たる目的として粒子を配合することが好ましい。配合する粒子の種類は、易滑性付与可能な粒子であれば特に限定されるものではなく、具体例としては、例えば、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、リン酸マグネシウム、カオリン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化チタン等の粒子が挙げられる。また、特公昭59-5216号公報、特開昭59-217755号公報等に記載されている耐熱性有機粒子を用いてもよい。この他の耐熱性有機粒子の例として、熱硬化性尿素樹脂、熱硬化性フェノール樹脂、熱硬化性エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂等が挙げられる。さらに、ポリエステル製造工程中、触媒等の金属化合物の一部を沈殿、微分散させた析出粒子を用いることもできる。 In the present invention, it is preferable to mix particles in the polyester layer mainly for the purpose of imparting slipperiness. The kind of the particle to be blended is not particularly limited as long as it is a particle capable of imparting slipperiness. Specific examples thereof include silica, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, and phosphoric acid. Examples of the particles include magnesium, kaolin, aluminum oxide, and titanium oxide. Further, the heat-resistant organic particles described in JP-B-59-5216, JP-A-59-217755 and the like may be used. Examples of other heat-resistant organic particles include thermosetting urea resins, thermosetting phenol resins, thermosetting epoxy resins, benzoguanamine resins, and the like. Furthermore, precipitated particles obtained by precipitating and finely dispersing a part of a metal compound such as a catalyst during the polyester production process can also be used.
 一方、使用する粒子の形状に関しても特に限定されるわけではなく、球状、塊状、棒状、扁平状等のいずれを用いてもよい。また、その硬度、比重、色等についても特に制限はない。これら一連の粒子は、必要に応じて2種類以上を併用してもよい。 On the other hand, the shape of the particles to be used is not particularly limited, and any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like may be used. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular about the hardness, specific gravity, a color, etc. These series of particles may be used in combination of two or more as required.
 また、用いる粒子の平均粒径は、通常0.01~3μm、好ましくは0.01~1μmの範囲である。平均粒径が0.01μm未満の場合には、粒子が凝集しやすく、分散性が不十分な場合があり、一方、3μmを超える場合には、フィルムの表面粗度が粗くなりすぎて、後工程において離型層を塗設させる場合等に不具合が生じる場合がある。 The average particle size of the particles used is usually in the range of 0.01 to 3 μm, preferably 0.01 to 1 μm. When the average particle diameter is less than 0.01 μm, the particles are likely to aggregate and dispersibility may be insufficient. On the other hand, when the average particle diameter exceeds 3 μm, the surface roughness of the film becomes too rough and There may be a problem when a release layer is applied in the process.
 さらに、ポリエステル層中の粒子含有量は、通常0.001~5重量%、好ましくは0.005~3重量%の範囲である。粒子含有量が0.001重量%未満の場合には、フィルムの易滑性が不十分な場合があり、一方、5重量%を超えて添加する場合にはフィルムの透明性が不十分な場合がある。 Furthermore, the particle content in the polyester layer is usually in the range of 0.001 to 5% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 3% by weight. When the particle content is less than 0.001% by weight, the slipperiness of the film may be insufficient. On the other hand, when the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transparency of the film is insufficient. There is.
 ポリエステル層中に粒子を添加する方法としては、特に限定されるものではなく、従来公知の方法を採用しうる。例えば、各層を構成するポリエステルを製造する任意の段階において添加することができるが、好ましくはエステル化の段階、もしくはエステル交換反応終了後、重縮合反応を進めてもよい。 The method for adding particles to the polyester layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted. For example, it can be added at any stage of producing the polyester constituting each layer, but preferably a polycondensation reaction may be carried out after the esterification stage or after the transesterification reaction.
 また、ベント付き混練押出機を用い、エチレングリコールまたは水などに分散させた粒子のスラリーとポリエステル原料とをブレンドする方法、または、混練押出機を用い、乾燥させた粒子とポリエステル原料とをブレンドする方法などによって行われる。 Also, a method of blending a slurry of particles dispersed in ethylene glycol or water with a vented kneading extruder and a polyester raw material, or a blending of dried particles and a polyester raw material using a kneading extruder. It is done by methods.
 なお、本発明におけるポリエステルフィルム中には上述の粒子以外に必要に応じて従来公知の酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、熱安定剤、潤滑剤、染料、顔料等を添加することができる。 In addition to the above-mentioned particles, conventionally known antioxidants, antistatic agents, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, dyes, pigments, and the like can be added to the polyester film in the present invention as necessary.
 本発明の第1離型フィルムおよび第2離型フィルムを構成するポリエステルフィルムの厚みは、フィルムとして製膜可能な範囲であれば特に限定されるものではない。第1離型フィルムにおいては、通常25~75μm、好ましくは38~75μmの範囲である。一方、第2離型フィルムにおいては、通常25~250μm、好ましくは38~188μm、さらに好ましくは50~125μmの範囲である。 The thickness of the polyester film constituting the first release film and the second release film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film. In the first release film, it is usually in the range of 25 to 75 μm, preferably 38 to 75 μm. On the other hand, in the second release film, it is usually in the range of 25 to 250 μm, preferably 38 to 188 μm, more preferably 50 to 125 μm.
 次に本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムの製造例について具体的に説明するが、以下の製造例に何ら限定されるものではない。 Next, a production example of the polyester film in the present invention will be specifically described, but is not limited to the following production examples.
 まず、先に述べたポリエステル原料を使用し、ダイから押し出された溶融シートを冷却ロールで冷却固化して未延伸シートを得る方法が好ましい。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるためシートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高める必要があり、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。次に得られた未延伸シートは二軸方向に延伸される。その場合、まず、前記の未延伸シートを一方向にロールまたはテンター方式の延伸機により延伸する。延伸温度は、通常70~120℃、好ましくは80~110℃であり、延伸倍率は通常2.5~7倍、好ましくは3.0~6倍である。次いで、一段目の延伸方向と直交する延伸温度は通常70~170℃であり、延伸倍率は通常3.0~7倍、好ましくは3.5~6倍である。そして、引き続き180~270℃の温度で緊張下または30%以内の弛緩下で熱処理を行い、二軸配向フィルムを得る。上記の延伸においては、一方向の延伸を2段階以上で行う方法を採用することもできる。その場合、最終的に二方向の延伸倍率がそれぞれ上記範囲となるように行うのが好ましい。 First, a method in which the polyester raw material described above is used and the molten sheet extruded from the die is cooled and solidified with a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet is preferable. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is necessary to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed. Next, the obtained unstretched sheet is stretched in the biaxial direction. In that case, first, the unstretched sheet is stretched in one direction by a roll or a tenter type stretching machine. The stretching temperature is usually 70 to 120 ° C., preferably 80 to 110 ° C., and the stretching ratio is usually 2.5 to 7 times, preferably 3.0 to 6 times. Next, the stretching temperature orthogonal to the first-stage stretching direction is usually 70 to 170 ° C., and the draw ratio is usually 3.0 to 7 times, preferably 3.5 to 6 times. Subsequently, heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 180 to 270 ° C. under tension or relaxation within 30% to obtain a biaxially oriented film. In the above-described stretching, a method in which stretching in one direction is performed in two or more stages can be employed. In that case, it is preferable to carry out so that the draw ratios in the two directions finally fall within the above ranges.
 また、本発明におけるポリエステルフィルム製造に関しては同時二軸延伸法を採用することもできる。同時二軸延伸法は前記の未延伸シートを通常70~120℃、好ましくは80~110℃で温度コントロールされた状態で機械方向および幅方向に同時に延伸し配向させる方法で、延伸倍率としては、面積倍率で4~50倍、好ましくは7~35倍、さらに好ましくは10~25倍である。そして、引き続き、170~250℃の温度で緊張下または30%以内の弛緩下で熱処理を行い、延伸配向フィルムを得る。上述の延伸方式を採用する同時二軸延伸装置に関しては、スクリュー方式、パンタグラフ方式、リニアー駆動方式等、従来公知の延伸方式を採用することができる。 Also, the simultaneous biaxial stretching method can be adopted for the production of the polyester film in the present invention. The simultaneous biaxial stretching method is a method in which the unstretched sheet is usually stretched and oriented simultaneously in the machine direction and the width direction in a state where the temperature is controlled at 70 to 120 ° C, preferably 80 to 110 ° C. The area magnification is 4 to 50 times, preferably 7 to 35 times, and more preferably 10 to 25 times. Subsequently, heat treatment is performed at a temperature of 170 to 250 ° C. under tension or under relaxation within 30% to obtain a stretched oriented film. With respect to the simultaneous biaxial stretching apparatus that employs the above-described stretching method, a conventionally known stretching method such as a screw method, a pantograph method, or a linear driving method can be employed.
 さらに上述のポリエステルフィルムの延伸工程中にフィルム表面を処理する、いわゆる塗布延伸法(インラインコーティング)を施すことができる。塗布延伸法によりポリエステルフィルム上に塗布層が設けられる場合には、延伸と同時に塗布が可能になると共に塗布層の厚みを延伸倍率に応じて薄くすることができ、ポリエステルフィルムとして好適なフィルムを製造できる。 Furthermore, a so-called coating stretching method (in-line coating) for treating the film surface during the above-described polyester film stretching step can be performed. When a coating layer is provided on a polyester film by a coating stretching method, coating can be performed simultaneously with stretching and the thickness of the coating layer can be reduced according to the stretching ratio, producing a film suitable as a polyester film. it can.
 次に、本発明における離型フィルムを構成する塗布層について説明する。
 本発明における離型フィルムを構成する塗布層は、帯電防止性、オリゴマー析出防止性を良好とするとするために、導電性化合物(A)を含有する。かかる導電性化合物(A)としては、チオフェンまたはチオフェン誘導体を単独または共重合して得られる重合体が好ましく、特に、チオフェンまたはチオフェン誘導体からなる化合物に、他の陰イオン化合物によりドーピングされたものもしくは、化合物中に陰イオン基を持ち自己ドープされたものが、優れた導電性を示し好適である。かかる化合物(A)としては、たとえば下記式(1)もしくは(2)の化合物を、ポリ陰イオンの存在下で重合して得られるものを例示できる。
Next, the coating layer which comprises the release film in this invention is demonstrated.
The coating layer constituting the release film in the present invention contains a conductive compound (A) in order to improve antistatic properties and oligomer precipitation preventing properties. As the conductive compound (A), a polymer obtained by singly or copolymerizing thiophene or a thiophene derivative is preferable, and in particular, a compound made of thiophene or a thiophene derivative is doped with another anionic compound or A compound which has an anionic group in the compound and is self-doped is preferable because it exhibits excellent conductivity. Examples of the compound (A) include those obtained by polymerizing a compound of the following formula (1) or (2) in the presence of a polyanion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 
 上記式(1)において、R,Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素元素、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環族炭化水素基、もしくは芳香族炭化水素基をあらわし、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、シクロヘキシレン基、ベンゼン基などである。 In the above formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen element, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, Examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a cyclohexylene group, and a benzene group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
 上記式(2)において、nは1~4の整数である。 In the above formula (2), n is an integer of 1 to 4.
 本発明の離型フィルムにおいては、化2で表される構造式からなるポリチオフェン、またはポリチオフェン誘導体を用いることが好ましく、例えば化2で、n=1(メチレン基)、n=2(エチレン基)、n=3(プロピレン基)の化合物が好ましい。中でも特に好ましいのは、n=2のエチレン基の化合物、すなわち、ポリ-3,4-エチレンジオキシチオフェンである。ポリチオフェンまたはポリチオフェン誘導体としては、例えばチオフェン環の3位と4位の位置に官能基が結合した化合物が例示される。上記の通り3位と4位の炭素原子に酸素原子が結合した化合物が好ましい。該炭素原子に直接炭素原子あるいは水素原子が結合した構造を有する化合物については、塗液の水性化が容易でない場合がある。 In the release film of the present invention, it is preferable to use polythiophene or a polythiophene derivative having the structural formula represented by Chemical Formula 2, for example, in Chemical Formula 2, n = 1 (methylene group), n = 2 (ethylene group) , N = 3 (propylene group) is preferred. Of these, an ethylene group compound with n = 2, that is, poly-3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene is particularly preferable. Examples of polythiophene or polythiophene derivatives include compounds in which a functional group is bonded to positions 3 and 4 of the thiophene ring. As described above, a compound in which an oxygen atom is bonded to the 3rd and 4th carbon atoms is preferable. For a compound having a structure in which a carbon atom or a hydrogen atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom, it may not be easy to make the coating liquid aqueous.
 重合時に使用するポリ陰イオンとしては、例えばポリ(メタ)アクリル酸、ポリマレイン酸、ポリスチレンスルホン酸などが例示される。またこれらの酸は、一部または全てが中和されていてもよい。 Examples of the polyanion used at the time of polymerization include poly (meth) acrylic acid, polymaleic acid, polystyrene sulfonic acid and the like. These acids may be partially or completely neutralized.
 なお、かかる重合体の製造方法としては、例えば特開平7-90060号公報に示される方法が採用できる。 As a method for producing such a polymer, for example, a method disclosed in JP-A-7-90060 can be employed.
 本発明において、特に好ましい様態としては、上記式(2)の化合物においてn=2、ポリ陰イオンとしてポリスチレンスルホン酸を用いたものが挙げられる。 In the present invention, a particularly preferred embodiment includes a compound of the above formula (2) in which n = 2 and polystyrene sulfonic acid is used as a polyanion.
 本発明における離型フィルムを構成する塗布層は、上記導電性化合物とバインダーポリマーとを含有することを必須の要件とするものである。 The coating layer constituting the release film in the present invention is required to contain the above conductive compound and binder polymer.
 本発明における塗布層を構成するバインダーポリマー(B)とは、高分子化合物安全性評価フロースキーム(昭和60年11月 化学物質審議会主催)に準じて、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定による数平均分子量(Mn)が1000以上の高分子化合物で、かつ造膜性を有するものと定義する。 The binder polymer (B) constituting the coating layer in the present invention is a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement according to a polymer compound safety evaluation flow scheme (sponsored by the Chemical Substance Council in November 1985). It is defined as a polymer compound having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1000 or more and having a film-forming property.
 本発明における塗布層を構成するバインダーポリマー(B)としては、チオフェンまたはチオフェン誘導体と相溶または混合分散可能であれば熱硬化性樹脂でも、熱可塑性樹脂であっても、いずれでもよい。例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル;ポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド等のポリイミド;ポリアミド6、ポリアミド6,6、ポリアミド12、ポリアミド11等のポリアミド;ポリフッ化ビニリデン、ポリフッ化ビニル、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、エチレンテトラフルオロエチレンコポリマー、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン等のフッ素樹脂;ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリビニルブチラール、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニル等のビニル樹脂;エポキシ樹脂;オキセタン樹脂;キシレン樹脂;アラミド樹脂;ポリイミドシリコーン;ポリウレタン;ポリウレア;メラミン樹脂;フェノール樹脂;ポリエーテル;アクリル樹脂およびこれらの共重合体等が挙げられる。 The binder polymer (B) constituting the coating layer in the present invention may be either a thermosetting resin or a thermoplastic resin as long as it is compatible with, or mixed with, thiophene or a thiophene derivative. For example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; polyimides such as polyimide and polyamideimide; polyamides such as polyamide 6, polyamide 6,6, polyamide 12, and polyamide 11; polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl fluoride, poly Fluorine resin such as tetrafluoroethylene, ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer, polychlorotrifluoroethylene; vinyl resin such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl ether, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl chloride; epoxy resin; oxetane resin; xylene resin; Aramid resin; Polyimide silicone; Polyurethane; Polyurea; Melamine resin; Phenol resin; Polyether; It includes copolymers of.
 塗布層中における導電性化合物(A)の配合割合は10~90重量%、好ましくは20~80重量%である。10重量%未満の場合には、帯電防止性およびオリゴマー析出防止性が不十分となる場合がある。一方、80重量%を越える場合には帯電防止性がすでに飽和状態にあり、それ以上増量しても顕著な効果を得るのが困難になる場合がある。 The blending ratio of the conductive compound (A) in the coating layer is 10 to 90% by weight, preferably 20 to 80% by weight. If it is less than 10% by weight, the antistatic property and the oligomer precipitation preventing property may be insufficient. On the other hand, if it exceeds 80% by weight, the antistatic property is already in a saturated state, and even if the amount is increased further, it may be difficult to obtain a remarkable effect.
 これらバインダーポリマー(B)は、有機溶剤に溶解されていてもよいし、スルホ基やカルボキシ基などの官能基が付与されて水溶液化されていてもよい。また、バインダーポリマー(B)には、必要に応じて、架橋剤、重合開始剤等の硬化剤、重合促進剤、溶媒、粘度調整剤等を併用してもよい。 These binder polymers (B) may be dissolved in an organic solvent, or may be formed into an aqueous solution by adding a functional group such as a sulfo group or a carboxy group. Moreover, you may use together hardening | curing agents, such as a crosslinking agent and a polymerization initiator, a polymerization accelerator, a solvent, a viscosity modifier, etc. to a binder polymer (B) as needed.
 前記バインダーポリマー(B)の中でも、塗布液作製時の混合が容易なことから、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂の中から選択される、いずれか1種類以上が好ましい。特にポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。 Among the binder polymers (B), at least one selected from polyester resins, acrylic resins, and polyurethane resins is preferable because mixing at the time of preparing the coating liquid is easy. A polyurethane resin is particularly preferable.
 本発明において使用するポリエステル樹脂とは、ジカルボン酸成分とグリコール成分とを構成成分とする線状ポリエステルと定義する。ジカルボン酸成分としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、2,6ーナフタレンジカルボン酸、4,4-ジフェニルジカルボン酸、1,4ーシクロヘキサンジカルボン酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸、フェニルインダンジカルボン酸、ダイマー酸等を例示することができる。これらの成分は二種以上を用いることができる。さらに、これらの成分とともにマレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等のような不飽和多塩基酸やp-ヒドロキシ安息香酸、p-(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)安息香酸等のようなヒドロキシカルボン酸を少割合用いることができる。不飽和多塩基酸成分やヒドロキシカルボン酸成分の割合は高々10モル%、好ましくは5モル%以下である。 The polyester resin used in the present invention is defined as a linear polyester having a dicarboxylic acid component and a glycol component as constituent components. Dicarboxylic acid components include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, phenylindanedicarboxylic acid, A dimer acid etc. can be illustrated. Two or more of these components can be used. In addition to these components, a small proportion of unsaturated polybasic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid and the like, and hydroxycarboxylic acids such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid and p- (β-hydroxyethoxy) benzoic acid, etc. Can be used. The proportion of the unsaturated polybasic acid component or the hydroxycarboxylic acid component is at most 10 mol%, preferably 5 mol% or less.
 また、グリコール成分としては、エチレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、キシリレングリコール、ジメチロールプロピオン酸、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン、ポリ(エチレンオキシ)グリコール、ポリ(テトラメチレンオキシ)グリコール、ビスフェノールAのアルキレンオキサイド付加物、水添ビスフェノールAのアルキレンオキサイド付加物等を例示することができる。これらは2種以上を用いることができる。 Examples of the glycol component include ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, xylylene glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid. Glycerin, trimethylolpropane, poly (ethyleneoxy) glycol, poly (tetramethyleneoxy) glycol, an alkylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A, an alkylene oxide adduct of hydrogenated bisphenol A, and the like. Two or more of these can be used.
 かかるポリオール成分の中でもエチレングリコール、ビスフェノールAのエチレンオキサイド付加物やプロピレンオキサイド付加物、1,4-ブタンジオールが好ましく、さらにエチレングリコール、ビスフェノールAのエチレンオキサイド付加物やプロピレンオキサイド付加物が好ましい。また、前記ポリエステル樹脂には、水性液化を容易にするために若干量の、スルホン酸塩基を有する化合物やカルボン酸塩基を有する化合物を共重合させることが可能であり、その方が好ましい。このスルホン酸塩基を有する化合物としては、例えば5-ナトリウムスルホイソフタル酸、5-アンモニウムスルホイソフタル酸、4-ナトリウムスルホイソフタル酸、4-メチルアンモニウムスルホイソフタル酸、2-ナトリウムスルホイソフタル酸、5-カリウムスルホイソフタル酸、4-カリウムスルホイソフタル酸、2-カリウムスルホイソフタル酸、ナトリウムスルホコハク酸等のスルホン酸アルカリ金属塩系またはスルホン酸アミン塩系化合物等が好ましく挙げられる。 Among such polyol components, ethylene glycol and bisphenol A ethylene oxide adducts and propylene oxide adducts and 1,4-butanediol are preferred, and ethylene glycol and bisphenol A ethylene oxide adducts and propylene oxide adducts are more preferred. The polyester resin can be copolymerized with a small amount of a compound having a sulfonate group or a compound having a carboxylic acid group in order to facilitate aqueous liquefaction, which is preferable. Examples of the compound having a sulfonate group include 5-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-ammonium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-methylammonium sulfoisophthalic acid, 2-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, 5-potassium Preferable examples include sulfonic acid alkali metal salts such as sulfoisophthalic acid, 4-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, 2-potassium sulfoisophthalic acid, and sodium sulfosuccinic acid, and sulfonic acid amine salt compounds.
 このカルボン酸塩基を有する化合物としては、例えば無水トリメリット酸、トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸、トリメシン酸、シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸、ジメチロールプロピオン酸等、あるいはこれらのモノアルカリ金属塩等が挙げられる。なお、遊離カルボキシル基は共重合後にアルカリ金属化合物やアミン化合物を作用させてカルボン酸塩基とする。これらの化合物の中からそれぞれ適宜1つ以上選択して、常法の重縮合反応によって合成することによって得たポリエステルを用いることができる。
 ポリエステル樹脂に関して、ガラス転移温度(以下、Tgと略記する場合がある。)は通常40℃以上、好ましくは60℃以上である。Tgが40℃未満の場合、接着性向上を目的として、塗布層の塗布厚みを厚くした場合、ブロッキングし易くなる等の不具合を生じる場合がある。
Examples of the compound having a carboxylate group include trimellitic anhydride, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic anhydride, pyromellitic acid, trimesic acid, cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, dimethylolpropionic acid, and monoalkali metal salts thereof. Etc. The free carboxyl group is converted into a carboxylate group by allowing an alkali metal compound or an amine compound to act after copolymerization. A polyester obtained by selecting one or more compounds from these compounds and synthesizing them by a conventional polycondensation reaction can be used.
Regarding the polyester resin, the glass transition temperature (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as Tg) is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 60 ° C. or higher. When Tg is less than 40 ° C., for the purpose of improving adhesiveness, when the coating thickness of the coating layer is increased, problems such as easy blocking may occur.
 アクリル樹脂としては、アクリル系、メタアクリル系のモノマーに代表されるような、炭素-炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーからなる重合体である。これらは、単独重合体あるいは共重合体いずれでも差し支えない。また、それら重合体と他のポリマー(例えばポリエステル、ポリウレタン等)との共重合体も含まれる。例えば、ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体である。さらにポリエステル溶液、またはポリエステル分散液中で炭素-炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマーの混合物)も含まれる。同様にポリウレタン溶液、ポリウレタン分散液中で炭素-炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマーの混合物)も含まれる。同様にして他のポリマー溶液、または分散液中で炭素-炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマー混合物)も含まれる。 The acrylic resin is a polymer composed of a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond, as typified by an acrylic or methacrylic monomer. These may be either a homopolymer or a copolymer. Moreover, the copolymer of these polymers and other polymers (for example, polyester, polyurethane, etc.) is also included. For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer. Furthermore, a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included. Similarly, a polymer (in some cases, a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in a polyurethane solution or polyurethane dispersion is also included. Similarly, a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included.
 上記炭素-炭素二重結合を持つ重合性モノマーとしては、特に限定はしないが、代表的な化合物としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸のような各種カルボキシル基含有モノマー類、およびそれらの塩;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、モノブチルヒドロキルフマレート、モノブチルヒドロキシイタコネートのような各種の水酸基含有モノマー類;メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレートのような各種の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジアセトンアクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドまたは(メタ)アクリロニトリル等のような種々の窒素含有ビニル系モノマー類。また、これらと併用して以下に示すような重合性モノマーを共重合することができる。すなわち、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ジビニルベンゼン、ビニルトルエンのような各種スチレン誘導体、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニルのような各種のビニルエステル類;γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、メタクリロイルシリコンマクロマー等のような種々の珪素含有重合性モノマー類;燐含有ビニル系モノマー類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビリデン、フッ化ビニル、フッ化ビニリデン、トリフルオロクロルエチレン、テトラフルオロエチレン、クロロトリフルオロエチレン、ヘキサフルオロプロピレンのような各種のハロゲン化ビニル類;ブタジエンのような各種共役ジエン類等が例示される。 The polymerizable monomer having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, but representative compounds such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, and citraconic acid. Various carboxyl group-containing monomers and their salts; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, monobutylhydroxyl fumarate, monobutylhydroxy Various hydroxyl-containing monomers such as itaconate; various (meth) acrylic such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate Acid esters; (meth) a Riruamido, various nitrogen-containing vinyl monomers such as diacetone acrylamide, N- methylol acrylamide or (meth) acrylonitrile. Further, in combination with these, polymerizable monomers as shown below can be copolymerized. That is, various styrene derivatives such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene and vinyltoluene, various vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; γ-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, Various silicon-containing polymerizable monomers such as methacryloyl silicon macromer; phosphorus-containing vinyl monomers; vinyl chloride, biliden chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, trifluorochloroethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, chlorotrifluoroethylene And various vinyl halides such as hexafluoropropylene; and various conjugated dienes such as butadiene.
 アクリル樹脂においてはガラス転移温度(以下、Tgと略記する場合がある。)は、通常40℃以上、好ましくは60℃以上である。Tgが40℃未満の場合、接着性向上を目的として、塗布層の塗布厚みを厚くした場合、ブロッキングし易くなる等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 In the acrylic resin, the glass transition temperature (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as Tg) is usually 40 ° C. or higher, preferably 60 ° C. or higher. When Tg is less than 40 ° C., for the purpose of improving adhesiveness, when the coating thickness of the coating layer is increased, problems such as easy blocking may occur.
 本発明におけるポリウレタン樹脂とは、ウレタン結合を分子内に有する高分子化合物のことを指す。その中でも、インラインコーティングへの適性を考慮した場合、水分散性または水溶性のウレタン樹脂が好ましい。水分散性または水溶性を付与させるためには、水酸基、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、スルホニル基、リン酸基、エーテル基等の親水性基をウレタン樹脂に導入することが可能である。前記親水性基のなかでも、塗膜物性および密着性向上の観点から、カルボン酸基またはスルホン酸基が好適に使用される。 The polyurethane resin in the present invention refers to a polymer compound having a urethane bond in the molecule. Among these, when considering suitability for in-line coating, a water-dispersible or water-soluble urethane resin is preferable. In order to impart water dispersibility or water solubility, it is possible to introduce a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a phosphoric acid group, or an ether group into the urethane resin. Among the hydrophilic groups, a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group is preferably used from the viewpoint of improving physical properties of the coating film and adhesion.
 ウレタン樹脂の具体的な製造例として、例えば、水酸基とイソシアネートとの反応を利用する方法が挙げられる。原料として用いる水酸基としては、ポリオールが好適に用いられ、例えば、ポリエーテルポリオール類、ポリエステルポリオール類、ポリカーボネート系ポリオール類、ポリオレフィンポリオール類、アクリルポリオール類が挙げられる。これらの化合物は単独で用いても、複数種用いても良い。 As a specific production example of the urethane resin, for example, a method utilizing a reaction between a hydroxyl group and an isocyanate can be mentioned. As the hydroxyl group used as the raw material, polyol is preferably used, and examples thereof include polyether polyols, polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, polyolefin polyols, and acrylic polyols. These compounds may be used alone or in combination.
 ポリエーテルポリオール類としては、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレンプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレンエーテルグリコール、ポリヘキサメチレンエーテルグリコール等が挙げられる。 Examples of polyether polyols include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene propylene glycol, polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyhexamethylene ether glycol and the like.
 ポリエステルポリオール類としては、多価カルボン酸(マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、スベリン酸、セバシン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸等)またはそれらの酸無水物と多価アルコール(エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2-プロピル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ヘキサンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-ブチル-2-ヘキシル-1,3-プロパンジオール、シクロヘキサンジオール、ビスヒドロキシメチルシクロヘキサン、ジメタノールベンゼン、ビスヒドロキシエトキシベンゼン、アルキルジアルカノールアミン、ラクトンジオール等)の反応から得られるものが挙げられる。 Polyester polyols include polycarboxylic acids (malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, etc.) or their acid anhydrides. And polyhydric alcohol (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol 2-methyl-2-propyl- , 3-propanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexane Diol, 1,9-nonanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-hexyl-1,3-propanediol, Cyclohexanediol, bishydroxymethylcyclohexane, dimethanolbenzene, bishydroxyethoxybenzene, alkyl dialkanolamine, lactone diol, etc.).
 ポリカーボネート系ポリオール類としては、多価アルコール類とジメチルカーボネート、ジエチルカーボネート、ジフェニルカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート等とから、脱アルコール反応によって得られるポリカーボネートジオール、例えば、ポリ(1,6-ヘキシレン)カーボネート、ポリ(3-メチル-1,5-ペンチレン)カーボネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of polycarbonate polyols include polycarbonate diols obtained by dealcoholization reaction from polyhydric alcohols and dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and the like, such as poly (1,6-hexylene) carbonate, poly ( And 3-methyl-1,5-pentylene) carbonate.
 ウレタン樹脂を得るために使用されるポリイソシアネート化合物としては、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、メチレンジフェニルジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート、トリジンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ジイソシアネート、α,α,α’,α’-テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の芳香環を有する脂肪族ジイソシアネート、メチレンジイソシアネート、プロピレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、メチルシクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、イソプロピリデンジシクロヘキシルジイソシアネート等の脂環族ジイソシアネート等が例示される。これらは単独で用いても、複数種併用してもよい。 Examples of the polyisocyanate compound used for obtaining the urethane resin include aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, and tolidine diisocyanate, α, α, α ′, α ′. -Aliphatic diisocyanates having aromatic rings such as tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, aliphatic diisocyanates such as methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexyl Methanzi Isocyanate, alicyclic diisocyanates such as isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanates. These may be used alone or in combination.
 ウレタン樹脂を合成する際には従来から公知の鎖延長剤を使用しても良く、鎖延長剤として、イソシアネート基と反応する活性基を2個以上有するものであれば特に限定されるわけではなく、水酸基またはアミノ基を2個有する鎖延長剤が汎用的に用いられる。 When synthesizing a urethane resin, a conventionally known chain extender may be used, and the chain extender is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more active groups that react with an isocyanate group. A chain extender having two hydroxyl groups or amino groups is generally used.
 水酸基を2個有する鎖延長剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール等の脂肪族グリコール、キシリレングリコール、ビスヒドロキシエトキシベンゼン等の芳香族グリコール、ネオペンチルグリコールヒドロキシピバレート等のエステルグリコールといったグリコール類が例示されることを挙げることができる。
また、アミノ基を2個有する鎖延長剤としては、例えば、トリレンジアミン、キシリレンジアミン、ジフェニルメタンジアミン等の芳香族ジアミン、エチレンジアミン、プロピレンジアミン、ヘキサンジアミン、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジアミン、2-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジアミン、トリメチルヘキサンジアミン、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,5-ペンタンジアミン、1,8-オクタンジアミン、1,9-ノナンジアミン、1,10-デカンジアミン等の脂肪族ジアミン、1-アミノ-3-アミノメチル-3,5,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジアミン、イソプロビリチンシクロヘキシル-4,4’-ジアミン、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,3-ビスアミノメチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環族ジアミン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the chain extender having two hydroxyl groups include aliphatic glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and butanediol, aromatic glycols such as xylylene glycol and bishydroxyethoxybenzene, and esters such as neopentyl glycol hydroxypivalate. It can be mentioned that glycols such as glycol are exemplified.
Examples of the chain extender having two amino groups include aromatic diamines such as tolylenediamine, xylylenediamine, diphenylmethanediamine, ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, hexanediamine, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3- Propanediamine, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediamine, trimethylhexanediamine, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,5-pentanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10- Aliphatic diamines such as decane diamine, 1-amino-3-aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethanediamine, isopropylidine cyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1 , 3-bisaminomethylcyclohexane, etc. And alicyclic diamines.
 塗布層中におけるバインダーポリマー(B)の配合比率に関しては、10~90%の範囲、より好ましくは20~80%の範囲である。当該範囲が10%未満の場合、離型層に対する密着性が低下する場合がある。一方、80%を超える場合には接着性能が飽和状態になり、それ以上増量しても顕著な効果が得られない場合がある。 The blending ratio of the binder polymer (B) in the coating layer is in the range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in the range of 20 to 80%. When the said range is less than 10%, the adhesiveness with respect to a mold release layer may fall. On the other hand, when it exceeds 80%, the adhesion performance becomes saturated, and even if the amount is increased further, a remarkable effect may not be obtained.
 本発明においては、離型フィルムを構成する塗布層中には離型層に対する接着性向上を目的として、ポリウレタン樹脂を含有するのが好ましい。 In the present invention, the coating layer constituting the release film preferably contains a polyurethane resin for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the release layer.
 本発明における塗布層を設けるための塗布液には、成分(C)として、グリセリン(C1)、ポリグリセリン(C2)、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリンへのアルキレンオキサイド付加物(C3)の群から選ばれる1種以上の化合物またはその誘導体を含有するのが好ましい。分子内のグリセンリン単位の平均個数が2~20の範囲のものが好ましい。
因みにグリセリンを用いた場合には塗布層の透明性が若干劣る場合がある。
The coating liquid for providing the coating layer in the present invention is selected from the group of glycerin (C1), polyglycerin (C2), glycerin or an alkylene oxide adduct (C3) to polyglycerin as the component (C). It is preferred to contain more than one compound or derivative thereof. Those having an average number of glycerin units in the molecule in the range of 2 to 20 are preferred.
Incidentally, when glycerin is used, the transparency of the coating layer may be slightly inferior.
 また、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリンへのアルキレンオキサイド付加物とは、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリンのヒドロキシル基にアルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体を付加重合した構造を有するものである。 Further, the alkylene oxide adduct to glycerin or polyglycerin has a structure in which alkylene oxide or a derivative thereof is added and polymerized to the hydroxyl group of glycerin or polyglycerin.
 ここで、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリン骨格のヒドロキシル基ごとに、付加されるアルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体の構造は異なっていても構わない。また、少なくとも分子中一つのヒドロキシル基に付加されていればよく、全てのヒドロキシル基にアルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体が付加されている必要はない。 Here, the structure of the alkylene oxide to be added or its derivative may be different for each hydroxyl group of the glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton. Moreover, it is sufficient that it is added to at least one hydroxyl group in the molecule, and it is not necessary that alkylene oxide or a derivative thereof is added to all hydroxyl groups.
 アルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体として好ましいものは、エチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド骨格を含んだ構造である。アルキレンオキサイド構造中のアルキル鎖が長くなりすぎると、疎水性が強くなり、塗布液中での均一な分散性が悪化し、塗膜の帯電防止性や透明性が悪化する傾向がある。特に好ましいものはエチレンオキサイドである。 A preferable alkylene oxide or derivative thereof is a structure containing an ethylene oxide or propylene oxide skeleton. If the alkyl chain in the alkylene oxide structure becomes too long, the hydrophobicity becomes strong, the uniform dispersibility in the coating solution deteriorates, and the antistatic property and transparency of the coating film tend to deteriorate. Particularly preferred is ethylene oxide.
 かかるグリセリンまたはポリグリセリンへの、アルキレンオキサイド付加物において、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリン骨格に対するアルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体の共重合比率は、特に限定されないが、分子量比で、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリン部分を1とした時に、アルキレンオキサイド部分が20以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10以下であることが好ましい。グリセリンまたはポリグリセリン骨格に対するアルキレンオキサイドまたはその誘導体の比率が、この範囲より大きい場合には、通常のポリアルキレンオキサイドを用いた場合の特性に近くなり、本発明の効果が十分に得られない場合がある。 In such an alkylene oxide adduct to glycerin or polyglycerin, the copolymerization ratio of alkylene oxide or its derivative to glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton is not particularly limited, but when the glycerin or polyglycerin moiety is 1 in terms of molecular weight ratio The alkylene oxide moiety is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less. When the ratio of the alkylene oxide or its derivative to the glycerin or polyglycerin skeleton is larger than this range, the characteristics of the ordinary polyalkylene oxide are close to those obtained, and the effects of the present invention may not be sufficiently obtained. is there.
 本発明における化合物(C)に関して、特に好ましい様態としては、ポリグリセリン(C2)および、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリンへのアルキレンオキサイド付加物(C3)が例示される。ポリグリセリン(C2)としては、上記式(3)の化合物において、nが2~20のものが特に好ましい。また、グリセリンまたはポリグリセリンへのアルキレンオキサイド付加物(C3)としては、上記式(3)の化合物において、n=2にエチレンオキサイド、ポリエチレンオキサイドを付加した構造のものが特に好ましく、また、その付加数は、最終的な化合物(C3)としての重量平均分子量で300~2000の範囲になるものが特に好ましい。 With regard to the compound (C) in the present invention, particularly preferred embodiments include polyglycerol (C2) and alkylene oxide adduct (C3) to glycerol or polyglycerol. As the polyglycerin (C2), those having n of 2 to 20 in the compound of the above formula (3) are particularly preferred. Further, as the alkylene oxide adduct (C3) to glycerin or polyglycerin, a compound having a structure in which ethylene oxide or polyethylene oxide is added to n = 2 in the compound of the above formula (3) is preferable. The number is particularly preferably in the range of 300 to 2000 in terms of the weight average molecular weight as the final compound (C3).
 塗布層中における成分(C)の配合比率に関しては、10~90%の範囲、より好ましくは20~80%の範囲である。当該範囲が10%未満の場合、塗布性が低下する場合がある。一方、90%を超える場合には塗布層の耐久性が不十分となる場合がある。 The blending ratio of component (C) in the coating layer is in the range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in the range of 20 to 80%. When the said range is less than 10%, applicability | paintability may fall. On the other hand, if it exceeds 90%, the durability of the coating layer may be insufficient.
 本発明において、離型フィルムを構成する塗布層に関して、塗布層中に占める塗布剤成分(A)の重量は、通常0.5mg/m以上、好ましくは1mg/m以上である。塗布剤成分(A)の量が0.5mg/m未満の場合、往々にして帯電防止性が不十分となる傾向にある。 In this invention, regarding the coating layer which comprises a release film, the weight of the coating agent component (A) which occupies in a coating layer is 0.5 mg / m < 2 > or more normally, Preferably it is 1 mg / m < 2 > or more. When the amount of the coating agent component (A) is less than 0.5 mg / m 2 , the antistatic property tends to be insufficient.
 また、本発明において、離型フィルムを構成する塗布層中に占める塗布剤成分(A)の比率は限定されないが、上限に関して好ましくは重量比率90%、さらに好ましくは80%、最も好ましくは60%である。塗布剤成分(A)の比率が重量比率90%を越える場合には塗膜の透明性が不十分となる、あるいは帯電防止性能が不十分となる場合がある。
一方、下限に関して、好ましくは1%、さらに好ましくは2%である。塗布剤成分(A)の重量比率が1%未満の場合には帯電防止性能が不十分となる場合がある。
In the present invention, the ratio of the coating agent component (A) in the coating layer constituting the release film is not limited, but the upper limit is preferably 90%, more preferably 80%, and most preferably 60%. It is. When the ratio of the coating agent component (A) exceeds 90% by weight, the transparency of the coating film may be insufficient, or the antistatic performance may be insufficient.
On the other hand, the lower limit is preferably 1%, more preferably 2%. When the weight ratio of the coating agent component (A) is less than 1%, the antistatic performance may be insufficient.
 本発明における離型フィルムを構成する塗布層中において、塗布剤成分(A)と塗布剤成分(B)との比率は、重量比で90/10~1/99の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは70/30~1/99、最も好ましくは50/50~2/98の範囲である。当該範囲を外れると帯電防止性能あるいは塗膜の外観が悪化しやすい傾向にある。
本発明において使用する塗布液中には、ポリエステルフィルムへの塗布性を改良するため、界面活性剤を含むことができる。この界面活性剤としては、特にその構造中に(ポリ)アルキレンオキサイドや(ポリ)グリセリン、これらの誘導体を含むものを使用すると、得られる塗布層の帯電防止性を阻害せず、より好ましい。
In the coating layer constituting the release film in the present invention, the ratio of the coating agent component (A) and the coating agent component (B) is preferably in the range of 90/10 to 1/99 by weight. More preferably, it is in the range of 70/30 to 1/99, most preferably 50/50 to 2/98. Outside this range, the antistatic performance or the appearance of the coating film tends to deteriorate.
In the coating solution used in the present invention, a surfactant can be contained in order to improve the coating property to the polyester film. As this surfactant, it is more preferable to use a surfactant containing (poly) alkylene oxide, (poly) glycerin, or a derivative thereof in the structure, since it does not inhibit the antistatic property of the resulting coating layer.
 本発明で使用する塗布液は、消泡剤、塗布性改良剤、増粘剤、有機系潤滑剤、離型剤、有機粒子、無機粒子、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、発泡剤、染料、顔料等の添加剤を含有していてもよい。これらの添加剤は単独で用いてもよいが、必要に応じて二種以上を併用してもよい。また、これら添加剤としては、その構造中に、(ポリ)アルキレンオキサイドや(ポリ)グリセリン、これらの誘導体を含むものを使用すると、得られる塗布層の帯電防止性を阻害せず、より好ましい。 The coating liquid used in the present invention includes an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, a release agent, organic particles, inorganic particles, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a foaming agent, a dye, You may contain additives, such as a pigment. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more as necessary. Moreover, as these additives, it is more preferable to use those containing (poly) alkylene oxide, (poly) glycerin, or derivatives thereof in the structure without inhibiting the antistatic property of the resulting coating layer.
 本発明における塗布液は、取扱い上、作業環境上、また塗布液組成物の安定性の面から水溶液または水分散液であることが望ましいが、水を主たる媒体としており、本発明の要旨を越えない範囲であれば、有機溶剤を含有していてもよい。 The coating liquid in the present invention is preferably an aqueous solution or a water dispersion from the viewpoint of handling, working environment, and stability of the coating liquid composition, but water is the main medium and exceeds the gist of the present invention. If it is not within the range, an organic solvent may be contained.
 本発明における塗布層は、特定の化合物を含有する塗布液をフィルムに塗布することにより設けられ、特に本発明では塗布をフィルム製膜中に行うインラインコーティングにより設けられることが好ましい。 The coating layer in the present invention is provided by applying a coating solution containing a specific compound to a film, and in particular in the present invention, it is preferably provided by in-line coating in which coating is performed during film formation.
 次に、本発明における離型層の形成について説明する。 Next, the formation of the release layer in the present invention will be described.
 本発明における第1離型フィルムおよび第2離型フィルムを構成する離型層とは、離型性を有する層のことを指し、具体的には粘着層と離型層との剥離力を一定範囲にすることで本発明を完成させることができる。 The release layer constituting the first release film and the second release film in the present invention refers to a layer having releasability. Specifically, the peeling force between the adhesive layer and the release layer is constant. By setting the range, the present invention can be completed.
 第1離型フィルム31の0.3m/分での低速剥離力剥離力が10~20mN/cmである必要がある。第1離型フィルムの剥離力が10mN/cm未満では、本来剥離する必要のない場面において、離型フィルムが容易に剥離するようになる。一方、第1離型フィルムの剥離力が、20mN/cmを超える場合は、第1離型フィルムを剥す工程でスムーズに剥離するのが困難になる。 The low-speed peeling force at 0.3 m / min of the first release film 31 needs to be 10 to 20 mN / cm. When the peeling force of the first release film is less than 10 mN / cm, the release film is easily peeled in a scene that does not need to be peeled. On the other hand, when the peeling force of a 1st release film exceeds 20 mN / cm, it becomes difficult to peel smoothly in the process of peeling a 1st release film.
 さらに本発明においては、60m/分の高速剥離力を90mN/cm以下に抑える必要がある。好ましくは85mN/cm以下である。当該高速剥離力が90mN/cmを超える場合、スムーズに剥離するのが困難になる。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is necessary to suppress the high-speed peeling force of 60 m / min to 90 mN / cm or less. Preferably it is 85 mN / cm or less. When the high-speed peeling force exceeds 90 mN / cm, it becomes difficult to peel smoothly.
 本発明者は、例えば、電子部品に貼りあわせる直前の状態において、基材レス両面粘着シートから、第1離型フィルムを剥離させる場合、あらかじめ、電子部品のサイズに近い小片のシート状に断裁してから、作業員が手で剥離するのが一般的である。かかる剥離作業工程においては、断裁された小片を用いて、少し、第1離型フィルムを剥離するきっかけを与えた後、小片の対角線方向に180度剥離させる。 For example, when the first release film is peeled from the base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in a state immediately before being bonded to the electronic component, the inventor cut in advance into a small piece sheet shape close to the size of the electronic component. After that, it is common for an operator to peel off by hand. In the peeling operation step, the cut pieces are used to give a chance to peel off the first release film and then peeled 180 degrees in the diagonal direction of the pieces.
 この場合、通常の粘着テープから離型フィルムを180度剥離させる場合とは異なり、剥離方向においては、対角線方向に離型フィルムを剥離させるため、剥離の進行に伴い、剥離面積が徐々に増加する傾向にある。本発明者は、この剥離方式に着目し、一定の剥離速度において、剥離面積が増加する現象を、同じ時間内により大きい面積を剥離させる現象として、いわゆる剥離伝搬速度がより速い剥離方式として捉えた。本発明のように、特に段差吸収性に配慮した柔軟な粘着層を使用する場合には、60m/分の高速剥離力を一定の剥離力レベルに抑えることが有効であることを知見し、本発明を完成させるに至った。 In this case, unlike the case where the release film is peeled 180 degrees from the normal adhesive tape, in the peeling direction, the release film is peeled in the diagonal direction, so that the peeling area gradually increases as the peeling progresses. There is a tendency. The present inventor paid attention to this peeling method and regarded the phenomenon in which the peeling area increases at a constant peeling speed as a peeling method with a faster peeling propagation speed as a phenomenon of peeling a larger area within the same time. . As in the present invention, when using a flexible adhesive layer in consideration of step absorbability, it has been found that it is effective to suppress the high-speed peeling force at a constant peeling force level to 60 m / min. The invention has been completed.
 一方、第2離型フィルムの0.3m/分での剥離力は、20~100mN/cmが好ましく、さらに好ましくは40~80mN/cmである。第2離型フィルムの剥離力が20mN/cm未満では、基材レス両面粘着シートから第1離型フィルムを剥離する時に、第2離型フィルムの一部が剥離する等の不具合を生じる場合がある。また、第2離型フィルムの剥離力が100mN/cmを越える場合には、第2離型フィルムに粘着剤層由来の成分が残留する等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 On the other hand, the peeling force at 0.3 m / min of the second release film is preferably 20 to 100 mN / cm, more preferably 40 to 80 mN / cm. When the peeling force of the second release film is less than 20 mN / cm, when the first release film is peeled from the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, there may be a problem that a part of the second release film is peeled off. is there. Moreover, when the peeling force of a 2nd mold release film exceeds 100 mN / cm, malfunctions, such as a component derived from an adhesive layer remaining in a 2nd mold release film, may arise.
 本発明の基材レス両面粘着シートは、上述の剥離力調整に加えて、第1離型フィルムと第2離型フィルムの剥離力差を設ける。 The substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present invention provides a difference in peel force between the first release film and the second release film in addition to the above-described peel force adjustment.
 第2離型フィルムの剥離力は、第1離型フィルムの剥離力の通常2.0倍以上、好ましくは3.0倍以上とするのが好ましい。第2離型フィルムの剥離力が第1離型フィルムの剥離力の2.0倍未満では、軽剥離側の第1離型フィルムを剥がした時に、第2離型フィルムが粘着剤層から浮く現象が発生する、あるいは、第2離型フィルムへの粘着剤層成分の残留、あるいはジッピング等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 The peel force of the second release film is usually 2.0 times or more, preferably 3.0 times or more of the peel force of the first release film. When the peel force of the second release film is less than 2.0 times the peel force of the first release film, the second release film floats from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when the first release film on the light release side is peeled off. The phenomenon may occur, or the adhesive layer component may remain on the second release film, or a defect such as zipping may occur.
 本発明における離型フィルムを構成する離型層は離型性を良好とするために硬化型シリコーン樹脂を含有するのが好ましい。硬化型シリコーン樹脂を主成分とするタイプでもよいし、本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲において、ウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アルキッド樹脂等の有機樹脂とのグラフト重合等による変性シリコーンタイプ等を使用してもよい。 The release layer constituting the release film in the present invention preferably contains a curable silicone resin in order to improve the release property. It may be a type mainly composed of a curable silicone resin, or a modified silicone type by graft polymerization with an organic resin such as a urethane resin, an epoxy resin or an alkyd resin may be used as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired. Also good.
 本発明において、剥離力が小さい方の離型フィルムは、ポリエステルフィルム上にアルケニル基およびアルキル基を官能基として有する反応性シリコーン樹脂と質量平均分子量400000以上の未反応性シリコーン樹脂と白金系触媒とを含有する離型層を有する必要がある。 In the present invention, the release film having a smaller peel force comprises a reactive silicone resin having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as functional groups on a polyester film, an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more, a platinum-based catalyst, It is necessary to have a release layer containing.
 本発明において使用する、アルケニル基およびアルキル基を官能基として有するシリコーン樹脂の例としては以下のようなものが挙げられる。まず、アルケニル基を含む硬化型シリコーン樹脂は、ジオルガノポリシロキサンとして、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位96モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位4モル%)、分子鎖両末端ジメチルビニルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位97モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位3モル%)、分子鎖両末
端ジメチルヘキセニルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルヘキセニルシロキサン共重合体(ジメチルシロキサン単位95モル%、メチルヘキセニルシロキサン単位5モル%)が挙げられる。次に、アルキル基を含む硬化型シリコーン樹脂は、オルガノハイドロジェンポリシロキサンとして、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン、分子鎖両末端トリメチルシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルハイドロジェンシロキサン共重合体、分子鎖両末端ジメチルハイドロジェンシロキシ基封鎖メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン、分子鎖両末端ジメチルハイドロジェンシロキシ基封鎖ジメチルシロキサン・メチルハイドロジェンシロキサン共重合体が挙げられる。
Examples of the silicone resin having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as functional groups used in the present invention include the following. First, a curable silicone resin containing an alkenyl group is a diorganopolysiloxane having a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (96 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 4 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit). ), Dimethylvinylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhexenylsiloxane copolymer (97 mol% dimethylsiloxane unit, 3 mol% methylhexenylsiloxane unit), dimethylsiloxane / methyl-blocked dimethylhexenylsiloxy group blocked at both ends of the molecular chain Hexenylsiloxane copolymer (95 mol% of dimethylsiloxane units, 5 mol% of methylhexenylsiloxane units). Next, the curable silicone resin containing an alkyl group is a trimethylsiloxy group-blocked methylhydrogenpolysiloxane having both molecular chains and trimethylsiloxy group-blocked dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane as both organohydrogenpolysiloxanes. Examples thereof include a polymer, a dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped methylhydrogen polysiloxane having both molecular chains, and a dimethylsiloxane / methylhydrogensiloxane copolymer having both molecular chains having both ends dimethylhydrogensiloxy group-capped.
 本発明において移行性を悪化させず、軽剥離性を付与するために、質量平均分子量400000以上の未反応性シリコーン樹脂を添加することを必須とするものである。
 前記の未反応性シリコーン樹脂としては、下記一般式(I)で示される、オルガノポリシロキサンが好ましい。
In the present invention, it is essential to add an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more in order to impart light peelability without deteriorating migration.
The unreactive silicone resin is preferably an organopolysiloxane represented by the following general formula (I).
 RSiO(RSiO)SiR……(I) 
(上記式中、Rは脂肪族不飽和結合を有しない同一または異種の一価炭化水素基、mは正の整数を表す。)
R 3 SiO (R 2 SiO) m SiR 3 (I)
(In the above formula, R represents the same or different monovalent hydrocarbon group having no aliphatic unsaturated bond, and m represents a positive integer.)
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれる未反応性シリコーン樹脂は、1~10重量%の範囲であり、好ましくは1~5重量%である。未反応性シリコーン樹脂の含有量が1%より低いと速度依存性が高くなり、5重量%を超えると、硬化性が著しく低下し、密着性も悪化する場合がある。 The unreactive silicone resin contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight. When the content of the unreactive silicone resin is lower than 1%, the speed dependency is increased, and when it exceeds 5% by weight, the curability is remarkably lowered and the adhesion may be deteriorated.
 本発明において高速域の剥離力を小さくするために、シリコーンオイルを添加してもよい。シリコーンオイルはストレートシリコーンオイル、変性シリコーンオイルと称されるシリコーンオイルで、以下のようなものが挙げられる。ストレートシリコーンとしては、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、メチルフェニルシリコーンオイル、メチルハイドロジェンシリコーンオイル等が挙げられる。また、変性シリコーンオイルとしては、側鎖型タイプのポリエーテル変性、アラルキル変性、フロロアルキル変性、長鎖アルキル変性、高級脂肪酸エステル変性、高級脂肪酸アミド変性、ポリエーテル・長鎖アルキル変性・アラルキル変性、フェニル変性、両末端型のポリエーテル変性、ポリエーテル・メトキシ変性などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, silicone oil may be added to reduce the peeling force in the high speed range. The silicone oil is a silicone oil called a straight silicone oil or a modified silicone oil, and examples thereof include the following. Examples of the straight silicone include dimethyl silicone oil, methylphenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, and the like. Further, as modified silicone oil, side chain type polyether modified, aralkyl modified, fluoroalkyl modified, long chain alkyl modified, higher fatty acid ester modified, higher fatty acid amide modified, polyether / long chain alkyl modified / aralkyl modified, Examples include phenyl modification, polyether modification at both ends, and polyether / methoxy modification.
 本発明において使用するシリコーン樹脂に含まれるシリコーンオイル成分は、通常1~10重量%の範囲であり、好ましくは1~5重量%である。シリコーンオイル成分の含有量が1%より低いと速度依存性が高くなり、5重量%を超えると、移行性が高く、粘着剤加工時にロール汚れや粘着剤面に移行して、粘着剥離力低下などが生じてしまうことがある。 The silicone oil component contained in the silicone resin used in the present invention is usually in the range of 1 to 10% by weight, preferably 1 to 5% by weight. When the content of the silicone oil component is lower than 1%, the speed dependency becomes high. When the content exceeds 5% by weight, the transferability is high, and the adhesive peels off when the adhesive is processed. May occur.
 本発明において、日東電工株式会社製No.31Bテープによる残留接着率が85%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは90%以上である。残留接着率が80%より低いと、移行性が高く、粘着剤加工時にロール汚れや粘着剤面に移行して、粘着剥離力低下などが生じてしまうことがある。 In the present invention, Nitto Denko Corporation No. The residual adhesion rate by 31B tape is preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. If the residual adhesive rate is lower than 80%, the transferability is high, and the adhesive may be transferred to roll dirt or the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface during processing of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, resulting in a decrease in pressure-sensitive adhesive peeling force.
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂の種類としては、付加型・縮合型・紫外線硬化型・電子線硬化型・無溶剤型等、何れの硬化反応タイプでも用いることができる。具体例を挙げると、信越化学工業(株)製KS-774、KS-775、KS-778、KS-779H、KS-847H、KS-856、X-62-2422、X-62-2461、X-62-1387、X-62-5039、X-62-5040、KNS-3051、X-62-1496、KNS320A、KNS316、X-62-1574A/B、X-62-7052、X-62-7028A/B、X-62-7619、X-62-7213、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ製YSR-3022、TPR-6700、TPR-6720、TPR-6721、TPR6500、TPR6501、UV9300、UV9425、XS56-A2775、XS56-A2982、XS56-C6010、XS56-C4880、UV9430、TPR6600、TPR6604、TPR6605、東レ・ダウコ-ニング(株)製SRX357、SRX211、SD7220、SD7292、LTC750A、LTC760A、LTC303E、LTC300B、LTC856、SP7259、BY24-468C、SP7248S、BY24-452、DKQ3-202、DKQ3-203、DKQ3-204、DKQ3-205、DKQ3-210等が例示される。さらに離型層の剥離性等を調整するため、剥離コントロール剤を併用してもよい。 As the type of the curable silicone resin, any of the curing reaction types such as an addition type, a condensation type, an ultraviolet curable type, an electron beam curable type, and a solventless type can be used. Specific examples include KS-774, KS-775, KS-778, KS-779H, KS-847H, KS-856, X-62-2422, X-62-2461, X, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. -62-1387, X-62-5039, X-62-5040, KNS-3051, X-62-1496, KNS320A, KNS316, X-62-1574A / B, X-62-7052, X-62-7028A / B, X-62-7619, X-62-7213, YSR-3022, TPR-6700, TPR-6720, TPR-6721, TPR6500, TPR6501, UV9300, UV9425, XS56-A2775, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials XS56-A2982, XS56-C6010, XS56-C488 , UV9430, TPR6600, TPR6604, TPR6605, manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. 202, DKQ3-203, DKQ3-204, DKQ3-205, DKQ3-210, and the like. Further, a release control agent may be used in combination in order to adjust the release property of the release layer.
 本発明において、ポリエステルフィルム上に離型層を形成する際の硬化条件に関しては特に限定されるわけではなく、オフラインコーティングにより離型層を設ける場合、通常120~200℃で3~40秒間、好ましくは100~180℃で3~40秒間を目安として熱処理を行うのが良い。また、必要に応じて熱処理と紫外線照射等の活性エネルギー線照射とを併用してもよい。なお、活性エネルギー線照射による硬化のためのエネルギー源としては、従来から公知の装置,エネルギー源を用いることができる。 In the present invention, the curing conditions for forming the release layer on the polyester film are not particularly limited. When the release layer is provided by off-line coating, it is usually 120 to 200 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds, preferably Is preferably heat-treated at 100 to 180 ° C. for 3 to 40 seconds as a guide. Moreover, you may use together heat processing and active energy ray irradiation, such as ultraviolet irradiation, as needed. In addition, a conventionally well-known apparatus and an energy source can be used as an energy source for hardening by active energy ray irradiation.
 離型層の塗工量(乾燥後)は塗工性の面から、通常0.005~1g/m、好ましくは0.005~0.5g/m、さらに好ましくは0.01~0.2g/m範囲である。塗工量(乾燥後)が0.005g/m未満の場合、塗工性の面より安定性に欠け、均一な塗膜を得るのが困難になる場合がある。一方、1g/mを超えて厚塗りにする場合には離型層自体の塗膜密着性、硬化性等が低下する場合がある。 The coating amount of the release layer (after drying) is usually 0.005 to 1 g / m 2 , preferably 0.005 to 0.5 g / m 2 , more preferably 0.01 to 0 from the viewpoint of coating properties. .2 g / m 2 range. When the coating amount (after drying) is less than 0.005 g / m 2 , the coating property may be less stable and it may be difficult to obtain a uniform coating film. On the other hand, when the coating is thicker than 1 g / m 2 , the coating layer adhesion and curability of the release layer itself may be lowered.
 本発明における基材レス両面粘着シートの構成としては、粘着層の両側には離型フィルムを貼り合わす必要がある。各々の離型フィルムの厚み比に関しては取り扱い性を考慮して、第2離型フィルムの厚さが、第1離型フィルムの厚さの2倍以上、好ましくは3倍以上が好ましい。例えば、第1離型フィルムのフィルム厚さを薄くすることで、第1離型フィルムを剥す時に第2離型フィルムと粘着界面で発生する浮きを防ぐことが可能となる利点を有する。また、粘着層を第2離型フィルムの離型面上に塗布した場合に、工程上の異物や凹凸の影響をなくすために、製造コストを考慮した場合には、凹凸や異物の影響をより受けやすい第2離型フィルムのフィルム厚さをさらに厚くした方が好ましい。第2離型フィルムの厚さが、第1離型フィルムの厚さの2倍未満の場合、フィルム基材のコシの差が無くなり、基材レス両面粘着シートから第1離型フィルムを剥離する際に、第2離型フィルムの一部が剥離する等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 As a configuration of the base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the present invention, it is necessary to bond release films on both sides of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Regarding the thickness ratio of each release film, the handleability is taken into consideration, and the thickness of the second release film is preferably 2 times or more, preferably 3 times or more the thickness of the first release film. For example, by reducing the film thickness of the first release film, there is an advantage that it is possible to prevent floating that occurs at the adhesive interface with the second release film when the first release film is peeled off. In addition, when the adhesive layer is applied on the release surface of the second release film, in order to eliminate the influence of foreign matter and unevenness in the process, the influence of unevenness and foreign matter is more It is preferable to further increase the film thickness of the second release film that is easily received. When the thickness of the second release film is less than twice the thickness of the first release film, there is no difference in stiffness of the film substrate, and the first release film is peeled from the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. At this time, there may be a problem that a part of the second release film is peeled off.
 本発明における第1離型フィルムおよび第2離型フィルムに関して、離型層が設けられていないフィルム面には本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲において、接着層、帯電防止層、オリゴマー析出防止層等の塗布層を設けてもよい。 Regarding the first release film and the second release film in the present invention, an adhesive layer, an antistatic layer, an oligomer precipitation-preventing layer, etc., as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired on the film surface on which no release layer is provided. A coating layer may be provided.
 本発明におけるポリエステルフィルムでは、経剥離力の離型フィルムの離型層をきれいかつ頑丈にするため、付加型の反応を促進する白金系触媒を用いる。本成分としては、塩化白金酸、塩化白金酸のアルコール溶液、塩化白金酸とオレフィンとの錯体、塩化白金酸とアルケニルシロキサンとの錯体等の白金系化合物、白金黒、白金担持シリカ、白金担持活性炭が例示される。離型層中の白金系触媒含有量は、通常0.3~3.0重量%、好ましくは0.5~2.0重量%の範囲が良い。離型層中の白金系触媒含有量が0.3重量%よりも低い場合、剥離力の不具合や、塗布層での硬化反応が不十分になるため、面状悪化などの不具合を生じる場合があり、一方、離型層中の白金系触媒含有量が3.0重量%を超える場合には、コストがかかる、また、反応性が高まり、ゲル異物が発生する等の工程不具合を生じてしまうことがある。 In the polyester film of the present invention, a platinum-based catalyst that promotes an addition-type reaction is used in order to make the release layer of the release film having a trans-peeling force clean and strong. As this component, chloroplatinic acid, alcohol solution of chloroplatinic acid, a complex of chloroplatinic acid and olefin, a platinum compound such as a complex of chloroplatinic acid and alkenylsiloxane, platinum black, platinum-supported silica, platinum-supported activated carbon Is exemplified. The platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is usually 0.3 to 3.0% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 2.0% by weight. When the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer is lower than 0.3% by weight, there may be problems such as deterioration of the surface condition due to insufficient peeling force and insufficient curing reaction in the coating layer. On the other hand, when the platinum-based catalyst content in the release layer exceeds 3.0% by weight, the cost is increased, and the process becomes defective due to increased reactivity and generation of gel foreign matter. Sometimes.
 また、付加型の反応は非常に反応性が高いため、場合によっては、反応抑制剤として、アセチレンアルコールを添加することがある。その成分は炭素-炭素3重結合と水酸基を有する有機化合物であるが、好ましくは、3-メチル-1-ブチン-3-オール、3,5-ジメチル-1-ヘキシン-3-オールおよびフェニルブチノールからなる群から選択される化合物である。 Further, since the addition type reaction is very reactive, acetylene alcohol may be added as a reaction inhibitor in some cases. The component is an organic compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond and a hydroxyl group, but preferably 3-methyl-1-butyn-3-ol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexyn-3-ol, and phenylbuty It is a compound selected from the group consisting of nor.
 また、第1離型フィルムおよび第2離型フィルムを構成するポリエステルフィルムには、あらかじめ、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等の表面処理を施してもよい。 Further, the polyester film constituting the first release film and the second release film may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment or plasma treatment in advance.
 本発明において、離型フィルムを製造する場合、ポリエステルフィルム上に塗布層を塗布した後、一端、フィルムを巻き上げた後にさらに塗布層上に離型層を設けてもよいし、ポリエステルフィルム上に塗布層を塗布、乾燥後、連続して塗布層上に離型層を設けてもよく、本発明においてはいずれの手法を用いてもよい。 In this invention, when manufacturing a release film, after apply | coating a coating layer on a polyester film, after winding up a film, a release layer may be provided on a coating layer further, and it apply | coats on a polyester film. After applying and drying the layer, a release layer may be continuously provided on the coating layer, and any method may be used in the present invention.
 次に本発明における基材レス両面粘着シートを構成する粘着層について、以下に説明する。本発明における粘着層とは粘着性を有する材料から構成される層を意味し、本発明における主旨を損なわない範囲において、従来から公知の材料を用いることができる。具体例の一つとして、アクリル系粘着剤を使用する場合について、以下に説明する。 Next, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the present invention will be described below. The adhesive layer in the present invention means a layer composed of a material having adhesiveness, and conventionally known materials can be used as long as the gist of the present invention is not impaired. As one specific example, the case where an acrylic adhesive is used will be described below.
 本発明において、アクリル系粘着剤とは、アクリル系モノマーを必須の単量体(モノマー)成分として形成されるアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとして含有する粘着剤層のことを意味する。当該アクリル系ポリマーは、直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルおよび/または(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキルエステルを必須のモノマー成分として(さらに好ましくは、主たるモノマー成分として)形成されるアクリル系ポリマーであることが好ましい。さらに、アクリル系ポリマーは、直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルおよびアクリル酸アルコキシアルキルエステルを必須のモノマー成分として形成されたアクリル系ポリマーであることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive means a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing, as a base polymer, an acrylic polymer formed using an acrylic monomer as an essential monomer component. The acrylic polymer has (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and / or (meth) acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as an essential monomer component (more preferably as a main monomer component). ) It is preferably an acrylic polymer to be formed. Furthermore, the acrylic polymer is preferably an acrylic polymer formed using (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as essential monomer components.
 本発明の粘着層は、直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルおよびアクリル酸アルコキシアルキルエステルを必須のモノマー成分として形成されたアクリル系粘着層であることが好ましい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and acrylic acid alkoxyalkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group as essential monomer components.
 また、本発明の粘着層におけるベースポリマーであるアクリル系ポリマーを形成するモノマー成分には、さらに、極性基含有単量体、多官能性単量体やその他の共重合性単量体が共重合モノマー成分として含まれていてもよい。なお、上記の「(メタ)アクリル」とは、「アクリル」および/または「メタクリル」を表し、他も同様である。また、特に限定されないが、ベースポリマーであるアクリル系ポリマーの本発明の粘着層中の含有量は、粘着層の総重量(100重量%)に対して、60重量%以上が好ましく、さらに好ましくは80重量%以上である。 In addition, the monomer component forming the acrylic polymer that is the base polymer in the adhesive layer of the present invention is further copolymerized with a polar group-containing monomer, a polyfunctional monomer, and other copolymerizable monomers. It may be contained as a monomer component. In addition, said "(meth) acryl" represents "acryl" and / or "methacryl", and others are the same. Further, although not particularly limited, the content of the acrylic polymer as the base polymer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably based on the total weight (100% by weight) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. 80% by weight or more.
 上記アクリル系ポリマーを形成するモノマー成分として、直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(以下、単に「(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル」と略記する場合がある)を好適に用いることができる。上記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの具体例として、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸エイコシルなどのアルキル基の炭素数が1~20の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が例示される。また、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは単独、または2種以上を併用してもよい。中でも、アルキル基の炭素数が2~14の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、より好ましくはアルキル基の炭素数が2~10の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルである。 As a monomer component for forming the acrylic polymer, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “(meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester”) is used. It can be used suitably. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Isobutyl acrylate, s-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate , Octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Isodecyl, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid tridecyl, (meth) acrylic acid tetradecyl, (meth) acrylic acid pentadecyl, (meth) acrylic acid hexadecyl, (meth) acrylic acid heptadecyl, (meth) acrylic acid octadecyl, (meth) acrylic acid nonadecyl, (meta Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as eicosyl acrylate. Moreover, the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having 2 to 14 carbon atoms in the alkyl group are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group are more preferable.
 上記極性基含有単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸などのカルボキシル基含有単量体またはその無水物(無水マレイン酸など);(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル、ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコールなどのヒドロキシル基(水酸基)含有単量体;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミドなどのアミド基含有単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸アミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチルアミノエチルなどのアミノ基含有単量体;(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチルグリシジルなどのグリシジル基含有単量体;アクリロニトリルやメタクリロニトリルなどのシアノ基含有単量体;N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリンの他、N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピペラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール等の複素環含有ビニル系単量体;ビニルスルホン酸ナトリウムなどのスルホン酸基含有単量体;2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリロイルフォスフェートなどのリン酸基含有単量体;シクロヘキシルマレイミド、イソプロピルマレイミドなどのイミド基含有単量体;2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートなどのイソシアネート基含有単量体などが挙げられる。上記極性基含有単量体は単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 Examples of the polar group-containing monomer include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and other carboxyl group-containing monomers or anhydrides thereof (such as maleic anhydride) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group) -containing monomers such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N -Butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-hydro Amide group-containing monomers such as ethyl acrylamide; Amino group-containing monomers such as aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and t-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; ) Glycidyl group-containing monomers such as glycidyl acrylate and methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate; Cyan group-containing monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, other than (meth) acryloylmorpholine , N-vinyl pyridine, N-vinyl piperidone, N-vinyl pyrimidine, N-vinyl piperazine, N-vinyl pyrrole, N-vinyl imidazole, N-vinyl oxazole and other heterocyclic ring-containing vinyl monomers; sodium vinyl sulfonate, etc. Sulfonic acid group-containing monomer of 2-hydroxyethyl Chestnut phosphoric acid group-containing monomers such as acryloyl phosphate; cyclohexyl maleimide, imide group-containing monomers such as isopropyl maleimide; 2-methacryloyloxy such acryloyl isocyanate group-containing monomers such as methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate. The polar group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記多官能性単量体としては、例えば、ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレートなどが挙げられる。上記多官能性単量体は単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 Examples of the polyfunctional monomer include hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, butanediol di (meth) acrylate, (poly) ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, (poly) propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, Neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methanetri (meth) Examples include acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, vinyl (meth) acrylate, divinylbenzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, and urethane acrylate. The said polyfunctional monomer can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 上記多官能性単量体の含有量は、アクリル系ポリマーを形成するモノマー成分100重量%に対して0.5重量%以下が好ましい。当該含有量が0.5重量%を超えると、例えば、粘着剤層の凝集力が高くなりすぎ、応力緩和性が低下する場合がある。 The content of the polyfunctional monomer is preferably 0.5% by weight or less with respect to 100% by weight of the monomer component forming the acrylic polymer. When the content exceeds 0.5% by weight, for example, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer becomes too high, and the stress relaxation property may be lowered.
 また、上記極性基含有単量体や多官能性単量体以外の共重合性単量体(その他の共重合性単量体)としては、例えば、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等の脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルやフェニル(メタ)アクリレート等の芳香族炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルなどの前述の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキルエステルや極性基含有単量体や多官能性単量体以外の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニルなどのビニルエステル類;スチレン、ビニルトルエンなどの芳香族ビニル化合物;エチレン、ブタジエン、イソプレン、イソブチレンなどのオレフィンまたはジエン類;ビニルアルキルエーテルなどのビニルエーテル類;塩化ビニルなどが挙げられる。 Examples of copolymerizable monomers (other copolymerizable monomers) other than the polar group-containing monomer and multifunctional monomer include cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. (Meth) acrylic acid ester having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as phenyl (meth) acrylate. (Meth) acrylic acid esters other than alkyl acrylates, alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates, polar group-containing monomers and polyfunctional monomers; vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; styrene, Aromatic vinyl compounds such as vinyl toluene; ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene, etc. Olefins or dienes; vinyl ethers such as vinyl alkyl ethers; and vinyl chloride.
 上記アクリル系ポリマーは、上記のモノマー成分を従来から公知あるいは慣用の重合方法により重合して調製することができる。アクリル系ポリマーの重合方法としては、例えば、溶液重合方法、乳化重合方法、塊状重合方法や活性エネルギー線照射による重合方法(活性エネルギー線重合方法)などが挙げられる。上記の中でも透明性、耐水性、製造コスト等の点で、溶液重合方法、活性エネルギー線重合方法が好ましい。 The acrylic polymer can be prepared by polymerizing the above monomer components by a conventionally known or conventional polymerization method. Examples of the polymerization method of the acrylic polymer include a solution polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, and a polymerization method by active energy ray irradiation (active energy ray polymerization method). Among these, the solution polymerization method and the active energy ray polymerization method are preferable in terms of transparency, water resistance, production cost and the like.
 上記の活性エネルギー線重合(光重合)に際して照射される活性エネルギー線として、例えば、α線、β線、γ線、中性子線、電子線などの電離性放射線や、紫外線などが挙げられ、中でも、紫外線が本発明の用途上、好適である。また、活性エネルギー線の照射エネルギー、照射時間、照射方法などは本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲であれば、特に限定されるわけではない。 Examples of the active energy rays irradiated in the above active energy ray polymerization (photopolymerization) include ionizing radiation such as α rays, β rays, γ rays, neutron rays, electron rays, and ultraviolet rays, among others. Ultraviolet rays are suitable for the use of the present invention. Further, the irradiation energy, irradiation time, irradiation method, and the like of the active energy ray are not particularly limited as long as they do not impair the gist of the present invention.
 また、前記溶液重合に際しては、各種の一般的な溶剤を用いることができる。具体例として、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル等のエステル類;トルエン、ベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素類;n-ヘキサン、n-ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素類;シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素類;メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン類などの有機溶剤が例示される。溶剤は単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In the solution polymerization, various common solvents can be used. Specific examples include esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and benzene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; and alicyclic rings such as cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane. Organic hydrocarbons such as formula hydrocarbons; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone are exemplified. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 上記のアクリル系ポリマーの調製に際しては、重合反応の種類に応じて、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤(光開始剤)などの重合開始剤を用いることができる。重合開始剤は単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することもできる。 In preparing the acrylic polymer, a polymerization initiator such as a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator (photoinitiator) can be used depending on the type of polymerization reaction. A polymerization initiator can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 上記光重合開始剤に関しては、特に限定されるわけではなく、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、ケタール系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。光重合開始剤の使用量に関しては、本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲であれば、特に限定されるわけではないが、例えば、アクリル系ポリマーを形成するモノマー成分全量100重量部に対して0.01~0.2重量部の範囲が好ましい。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is a benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, an α-ketol photopolymerization initiator, an aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiator, Photoactive oxime photopolymerization initiators, benzoin photopolymerization initiators, benzyl photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone photopolymerization initiators, ketal photopolymerization initiators, thioxanthone photopolymerization initiators, and the like can be used. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator used is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the gist of the present invention. For example, the amount of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.1% relative to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomer components forming the acrylic polymer. A range of 01 to 0.2 parts by weight is preferred.
 ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤の具体例として、例えば、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、アニソールメチルエーテルなどが挙げられる。アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、4-フェノキシジクロロアセトフェノン、4-(t-ブチル)ジクロロアセトフェノンなどが挙げられる。α-ケトール系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、2-メチル-2-ヒドロキシプロピオフェノン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)フェニル]-2-メチルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤の具体例としては、2-ナフタレンスルホニルクロライドなどが挙げられる。光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-フェニル-1,1-プロパンジオン-2-(o-エトキシカルボニル)-オキシムなどが挙げられる。ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤には、例えば、ベンゾインなどが含まれる。ベンジル系光重合開始剤には、例えば、ベンジルなどが含まれる。 Specific examples of the benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator include, for example, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one And anisole methyl ether. Examples of the acetophenone photopolymerization initiator include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, and 4- (t-butyl). Examples include dichloroacetophenone. Examples of the α-ketol photopolymerization initiator include 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) phenyl] -2-methylpropan-1-one, and the like. . Specific examples of the aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiator include 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride. Examples of the photoactive oxime photopolymerization initiator include 1-phenyl-1,1-propanedione-2- (o-ethoxycarbonyl) -oxime. Examples of the benzoin photopolymerization initiator include benzoin. Examples of the benzyl photopolymerization initiator include benzyl.
 ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤の具体例として、ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾイル安息香酸、3、3′-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、ポリビニルベンゾフェノン、α-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトンなどが例示される。ケタール系光重合開始剤の具体例として、ベンジルジメチルケタールなどが含まれる。チオキサントン系光重合開始剤の具体例として、チオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、ドデシルチオキサントンなどが含まれる。 Specific examples of the benzophenone photopolymerization initiator include benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, polyvinylbenzophenone, α-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and the like. Specific examples of the ketal photopolymerization initiator include benzyldimethyl ketal. Specific examples of the thioxanthone photopolymerization initiator include thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, dodecylthioxanthone, and the like.
 上記熱重合開始剤の具体例として、アゾ系重合開始剤[例えば、2,2´-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2´-アゾビス-2-メチルブチロニトリル、2,2´-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオン酸)ジメチル、4,4´-アゾビス-4-シアノバレリアン酸、アゾビスイソバレロニトリル、2,2´-アゾビス(2-アミジノプロパン)ジヒドロクロライド、2,2´-アゾビス[2-(5-メチル-2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジヒドロクロライド、2,2´-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオンアミジン)二硫酸塩、2,2´-アゾビス(N,N´-ジメチレンイソブチルアミジン)ジヒドロクロライドなど]、過酸化物系重合開始剤(例えば、ジベンゾイルペルオキシド、tert-ブチルペルマレエートなど)、レドックス系重合開始剤などが挙げられる。熱重合開始剤の使用量としては、本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲であれば、特に限定されるわけではない。 Specific examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include azo polymerization initiators [for example, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis. (2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl, 4,4′-azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, azobisisovaleronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2′-azobis [ 2- (5-Methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2′-azobis (N, N′-di) Methyleneisobutylamidine) dihydrochloride], peroxide polymerization initiators (eg, dibenzoyl peroxide, tert-butylpermaleate, etc.), red Box-type polymerization initiators and the like. The amount of the thermal polymerization initiator used is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the gist of the present invention.
 本発明における粘着層の一形態として使用するアクリル系粘着層には、必要に応じて、架橋剤、架橋促進剤、粘着付与剤(例えば、ロジン誘導体樹脂、ポリテルペン樹脂、石油樹脂、油溶性フェノール樹脂など)、老化防止剤、充填剤、着色剤(顔料や染料など)、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、可塑剤、軟化剤、界面活性剤、帯電防止剤などの公知の添加剤を、本発明の特性を損なわない範囲で用いることができる。また、粘着層を形成する際には、各種の一般的な溶剤を用いることもできる。溶剤の種類としては、特に限定されず、前述の溶液重合に用いる溶剤として例示されたものなどを用いることができる。 In the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer used as one embodiment of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the present invention, a crosslinking agent, a crosslinking accelerator, a tackifier (for example, rosin derivative resin, polyterpene resin, petroleum resin, oil-soluble phenol resin) Etc.), anti-aging agents, fillers, colorants (pigments, dyes, etc.), UV absorbers, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, plasticizers, softeners, surfactants, antistatic agents and other known additives Can be used as long as the characteristics of the present invention are not impaired. Moreover, when forming an adhesion layer, various general solvents can also be used. The type of the solvent is not particularly limited, and those exemplified as the solvent used in the above solution polymerization can be used.
 上記架橋剤は、粘着層のベースポリマーを架橋することにより、粘着層のゲル分率をコントロールすることができる。架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、過酸化物系架橋剤の他、尿素系架橋剤、金属アルコキシド系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤、金属塩系架橋剤、カルボジイミド系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、アミン系架橋剤などが挙げられ、イソシアネート系架橋剤やエポキシ系架橋剤を好適に用いることできる。架橋剤は単独または2種類以上を組み合わせて用いることもできる。 The cross-linking agent can control the gel fraction of the adhesive layer by crosslinking the base polymer of the adhesive layer. As crosslinking agents, isocyanate crosslinking agents, epoxy crosslinking agents, melamine crosslinking agents, peroxide crosslinking agents, urea crosslinking agents, metal alkoxide crosslinking agents, metal chelate crosslinking agents, metal salt crosslinking agents Agents, carbodiimide crosslinking agents, oxazoline crosslinking agents, aziridine crosslinking agents, amine crosslinking agents, and the like, and isocyanate crosslinking agents and epoxy crosslinking agents can be preferably used. A crosslinking agent can also be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 本発明における基材レス両面粘着シートにおいては、その構成単位である、粘着層形成時にアクリル系粘着剤組成物を使用する場合、例えば、光学部材(例えば、表面保護層、タッチパネル、および画像表示ユニットの表示面等)間に存在する空隙を、空気と比較して屈折率が光学部材に近い透明な粘着シートで置換することにより、光透過性を向上させ、画像表示装置の輝度やコントラストの低下を抑えることを考慮する場合、粘着層自体を柔軟に設計するのが好ましい。 In the base material-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the present invention, when an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used at the time of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, an optical member (for example, a surface protective layer, a touch panel, and an image display unit) By replacing the air gap between the display surfaces with a transparent adhesive sheet whose refractive index is close to that of the optical member compared to air, the light transmission is improved and the brightness and contrast of the image display device are reduced. In consideration of restraining, it is preferable to design the adhesive layer itself flexibly.
 本発明における基材レス両面粘着シートを構成する粘着層厚み(乾燥後)は、通常25μm~200μm、好ましくは50μm~100μmの範囲である。粘着層厚みが、25μm未満の場合、例えば、光学部材間に生じる空隙の方が大きくなりすぎて、隅々まで、粘着層で充填させるのが困難な場合がある。一方、粘着層厚みが200μmをこえる場合には、光学部材間に生じる空隙よりも粘着層厚みの方が厚くなりすぎて、余剰分の粘着層成分が光学部材間からはみ出す等の不具合を生じる場合がある。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (after drying) constituting the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the present invention is usually in the range of 25 to 200 μm, preferably 50 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less than 25 μm, for example, the gap generated between the optical members becomes too large, and it may be difficult to fill the corners with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive layer exceeds 200 μm, the adhesive layer thickness becomes too thicker than the gap generated between the optical members, and the excess adhesive layer component protrudes from between the optical members. There is.
 以下、本発明を実施例によりさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はその要旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。また、本発明で用いた測定法および評価方法は次のとおりである。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist. The measurement method and evaluation method used in the present invention are as follows.
(1)平均粒径(d50:μm)の測定:
 遠心沈降式粒度分布測定装置(株式会社島津製作所社製SA-CP3型)を使用して測定した等価球形分布における積算(重量基準)50%の値を平均粒径とした。
(1) Measurement of average particle diameter (d50: μm):
The value of 50% of integration (weight basis) in the equivalent spherical distribution measured using a centrifugal sedimentation type particle size distribution measuring apparatus (SA-CP3 type manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was defined as the average particle diameter.
(2)離型フィルムの剥離力(I):
 試料フィルムの離型層表面に両面粘着テープ(日東電工製「No.31B」)の片面を貼り付けた後、50mm×300mmのサイズにカットした後、室温にて1時間放置後の剥離力を測定する。剥離力は、引張試験機((株)インテスコ製「インテスコモデル2001型」)を使用し、引張速度300mm/分と30000mm/分条件下、180°剥離を行った。
(2) Release force of release film (I):
After attaching one side of a double-sided adhesive tape (“No. 31B” manufactured by Nitto Denko) to the surface of the release layer of the sample film, the sample film was cut to a size of 50 mm × 300 mm and then peeled after being left at room temperature for 1 hour. taking measurement. For the peeling force, a tensile tester (“Intesco model 2001 type” manufactured by Intesco Co., Ltd.) was used, and 180 ° peeling was performed under conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and 30000 mm / min.
(3)離型フィルムの移行性代替評価(残留接着率):
 試料フィルムをA4大に切り取り、フィルムの測定面に粘着テープ(日東電工(株)「No.31B」基材厚み25μm)をゴムローラーを用いて貼り合わせた後、1時間経過後に、粘着テープを剥がし、その粘着テープを、表面を洗浄したステンレス板にゴムローラーを用いて貼り合わせる。上部チャックに粘着テープ、下部チャックにステンレス板を固定し、300mm/mInの速度で、180°方向に引き剥がし、接着力(1)を測定する。
 試料と貼り合わせない粘着テープ(日東電工(株)「No.31B」)を用い、上述と同じ手順で接着力(2)を測定する。残留接着率は次式により求める。
 残留接着率(%)=接着力(1)÷接着力(2)×100
(3) Transferability evaluation of release film (residual adhesion rate):
Cut the sample film into A4 size, and attach the adhesive tape (Nitto Denko “No. 31B” base material thickness 25 μm) to the measurement surface of the film using a rubber roller. The adhesive tape is peeled off and bonded to the stainless steel plate whose surface has been cleaned using a rubber roller. Adhesive tape is fixed to the upper chuck, and a stainless steel plate is fixed to the lower chuck. The adhesive is peeled off at 180 ° at a speed of 300 mm / mIn and the adhesive force (1) is measured.
Using an adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation “No. 31B”) that is not bonded to the sample, the adhesive force (2) is measured in the same procedure as described above. The residual adhesion rate is obtained by the following formula.
Residual adhesion rate (%) = Adhesive strength (1) ÷ Adhesive strength (2) × 100
(4)離型特性(実用代替評価):
 離型フィルムに下記組成のアクリル系粘着剤組成物を塗工後、100℃、5分間加熱処理して、厚み(乾燥後)が20μmの粘着層を得た。その後、離型フィルムと粘着層貼り合せ品を150℃90分間加熱処理した後、離型フィルムを剥がし、粘着層より離型フィルムを剥がした時の状況より、離型特性を評価した。
 A:離型フィルムがきれいに剥がれ、粘着剤が離型層に付着する現象が見られない。
 B:離型フィルムは剥がれるが、速い速度で剥離した場合に粘着剤が離型層に付着する。
 C:離型フィルムに粘着剤が付着する、上手く剥がれない。
(4) Release characteristics (practical alternative evaluation):
An acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition having the following composition was applied to the release film, followed by heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness (after drying) of 20 μm. Thereafter, the release film and the adhesive layer bonded product were heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 90 minutes, and then the release film was peeled off, and the release characteristics were evaluated from the situation when the release film was peeled off from the adhesive layer.
A: The release film peels cleanly, and the phenomenon that the adhesive adheres to the release layer is not seen.
B: The release film peels off, but the adhesive adheres to the release layer when peeled off at a high speed.
C: Adhesive adheres to the release film and does not peel off well.
(5)離型フィルムの離型層表面から抽出されるポリエステルのオリゴマー量(OL):
 あらかじめ、未熱処理の離型フィルムを空気中、180℃で10分間加熱する。その後、熱処理をした該フィルムを上部が開いている縦横10cm、高さ3cmの箱の内面にできるだけ密着させて箱形の形状とする。塗布層を設けている場合は塗布層面が内側となるようにする。次いで、上記の方法で作成した箱の中にDMF(ジメチルホルムアミド)4mlを入れて3分間放置した後、DMFを回収する。回収したDMFを液体クロマトグラフィー(島津製作所製:LC-7A)に供給して、DMF中のオリゴマー量を求め、この値を、DMFを接触させたフィルム面積で割って、フィルム表面オリゴマー量(mg/m)とする。
(5) Amount of polyester oligomer (OL) extracted from the surface of the release layer of the release film:
In advance, an unheat-treated release film is heated in air at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes. After that, the heat-treated film is brought into close contact with the inner surface of a box having a top and width of 10 cm and a height of 3 cm, and the box shape is obtained. When the coating layer is provided, the coating layer surface is set to the inside. Next, 4 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide) is placed in the box prepared by the above method and left for 3 minutes, and then DMF is recovered. The recovered DMF was supplied to liquid chromatography (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation: LC-7A) to determine the amount of oligomer in DMF, and this value was divided by the area of the film in contact with DMF to determine the amount of oligomer on the film surface (mg / M 2 ).
 DMF中のオリゴマー量は、標準試料ピーク面積と測定試料ピーク面積のピーク面積比より求めた(絶対検量線法)。標準試料の作成は、あらかじめ分取したオリゴマー(環状三量体)を正確に秤量し、正確に秤量したDMFに溶解し作成した。標準試料の濃度は、0.001~0.01mg/mlの範囲が好ましい。 The amount of oligomer in DMF was determined from the peak area ratio between the standard sample peak area and the measured sample peak area (absolute calibration curve method). The standard sample was prepared by accurately weighing the oligomer (cyclic trimer) collected in advance and dissolving it in DMF accurately measured. The concentration of the standard sample is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.01 mg / ml.
 なお、液体クロマトグラフの条件は下記のとおりとした。
 移動相A:アセトニトリル
 移動相B:2%酢酸水溶液
 カラム:三菱化学(株)製『MCI GEL ODS 1HU』
 カラム温度:40℃
 流速:1ml/分
 検出波長:254nm
The conditions for the liquid chromatograph were as follows.
Mobile phase A: Acetonitrile Mobile phase B: 2% acetic acid aqueous solution Column: “MCI GEL ODS 1HU” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
Column temperature: 40 ° C
Flow rate: 1 ml / min Detection wavelength: 254 nm
 その後、下記判定基準により、剥離状況に関して、判定を行なった。
《判定基準》
 A:表面オリゴマー量(OL)が2.0mg/m以下(実用上、問題ないレベル)
 B:表面オリゴマー量(OL)が2.0mg/mを超える(実用上、問題あるレベル)
Thereafter, the peeling condition was determined according to the following criteria.
<Criteria>
A: Surface oligomer amount (OL) is 2.0 mg / m 2 or less (a level that causes no problem in practical use)
B: Surface oligomer amount (OL) exceeds 2.0 mg / m 2 (practically problematic level)
(6)離型フィルムの離型面側からの元素量:
 あらかじめ、試料サンプルの離型層が設けられた面より蛍光X線測定装置((株)島津製作所(製)型式「XRF-1500」)を用いてFP(Fundamental Parameter Method)法により、下記の表1に示す測定条件下、元素量を測定した。
(6) Element amount from the release surface side of the release film:
The following table is prepared by the FP (Fundamental Parameter Method) method using a fluorescent X-ray measurement apparatus (model “XRF-1500” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) from the surface provided with the release layer of the sample sample in advance. The element amount was measured under the measurement conditions shown in 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 
(7)離型フィルムの塗膜密着性初期評価(実用特性代用評価):
 塗工直後の試料フィルムの離型面を触手により5回擦り、離型層の脱落程度を下記判定基準により判定を行った。
《判定基準》
 A:塗膜の脱落が見られない(実用可能なレベル)
 B:塗膜が白くなるが脱落はしていない(実用可能なレベル〉
 C:塗膜の脱落が確認された(実用困難なレベル)
(7) Initial evaluation of coating film adhesion of release film (practical property substitution evaluation):
The release surface of the sample film immediately after coating was rubbed 5 times with a tentacle, and the degree of release of the release layer was determined according to the following criteria.
<Criteria>
A: Coating film is not removed (practical level)
B: The coating film turns white but does not fall off (practical level)
C: The drop of the coating was confirmed (practical level)
(8)離型フィルムの塗膜密着性促進試験後評価(実用特性代用評価):
 試料フィルムを恒温恒湿槽中、80℃、90%RH雰囲気下、1週間放置した後に試料フィルムを取り出した。その後、試料フィルムの離型面をMEK(メチルエチルケトン)を染み込ませた脱脂綿で100回擦った後、触手により5回擦り、離型層の脱落程度を下記判定基準により判定を行った。
《判定基準》
 A:塗膜が全く脱落せず、擦った部分と擦っていない部分の剥離力に差がない(実用可能なレベル)
 B:塗膜が全く脱落しておらず、擦った部分は擦っていない部分よりも剥離力が少し重くなった(実用可能なレベル)
 C:塗膜が白くなるが脱落はしておらず、擦った部分は擦っていない部分よりも剥離力が重くなった(実用可能なレベル〉
 D:塗膜の脱落が確認された(実用困難なレベル)
(8) Evaluation after release film adhesion test for release film (practical property substitution evaluation):
The sample film was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 80 ° C. in a 90% RH atmosphere for 1 week, and then the sample film was taken out. Thereafter, the release surface of the sample film was rubbed 100 times with absorbent cotton soaked with MEK (methyl ethyl ketone) and then rubbed 5 times with a tentacle, and the degree of removal of the release layer was determined according to the following criteria.
<Criteria>
A: The coating film does not fall off at all, and there is no difference in peel strength between the rubbed part and the non-rubbed part (practical level).
B: The coating film was not removed at all, and the rubbed part was slightly heavier than the non-rubbed part (practical level)
C: The coating film became white but did not fall off, and the rubbed part was heavier than the rubbed part (practical level)
D: Dropping of the coating was confirmed (practically difficult level)
(9)異物検査性:
 両面に離型フィルムを設けた、光学用基材レス両面粘着シートを観察し、異物の検査性評価した。
 A:表面オリゴマーが無く、検査性良好である。
 B:表面オリゴマーが検出されるが、検査性に支障のないレベルである。
 C:表面オリゴマーが多数検出され、上手く検査することができない。
(9) Foreign matter inspection:
An optical substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet provided with release films on both sides was observed to evaluate the foreign matter inspection.
A: There is no surface oligomer and the testability is good.
B: Surface oligomer is detected, but at a level that does not hinder inspection.
C: Many surface oligomers are detected and cannot be inspected well.
(10)ポリエステルの固有粘度(dl/g):
 ポリエステルに非相溶な他のポリマー成分および顔料を除去したポリエステル1gを精秤し、フェノール/テトラクロロエタン=50/50(重量比)の混合溶媒100mlを加えて溶解させ、30℃で測定した。
(10) Intrinsic viscosity (dl / g) of polyester:
1 g of polyester from which other polymer components and pigments incompatible with polyester were removed was precisely weighed, 100 ml of a mixed solvent of phenol / tetrachloroethane = 50/50 (weight ratio) was added and dissolved, and measurement was performed at 30 ° C.
(11)ポリエステル樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg):
 パーキンエルマー社製DSC-II型測定装置を用い、サンプル重量10mg、窒素気流下で、昇温速度10℃/分で昇温し、ベースラインの偏起開始温度をTgとした。
(11) Glass transition temperature (Tg) of polyester resin:
Using a DSC-II type measuring device manufactured by Perkin Elmer, the sample was heated at a rate of temperature increase of 10 ° C./min under a sample weight of 10 mg and a nitrogen stream, and the baseline start temperature of the baseline was defined as Tg.
(12)離型フィルムの剥離力(II):
 試料フィルムの離型層表面に粘着テープ(日東電工製「No.31B」)を貼り付けた後、50mm×300mmのサイズにカットし、室温にて1時間放置後の剥離力を測定する。剥離力は高速剥離試験機(テスター産業(製)高速剥離試験機「TE-702型」)を使用し、試料フィルムの離型面が上面になるように固定し、貼り合わせている相手方No.31B粘着テープを剥離する要領にて、剥離速度0.3m/分、60m/分の各測定条件下、180°剥離を行った。
(12) Release force of release film (II):
An adhesive tape (“No. 31B” manufactured by Nitto Denko) is attached to the surface of the release layer of the sample film, then cut to a size of 50 mm × 300 mm, and the peel force after standing at room temperature for 1 hour is measured. The peel force was measured using a high-speed peel tester (Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd., high-speed peel tester “TE-702 type”). In the manner of peeling the 31B adhesive tape, 180 ° peeling was performed under each measurement condition of peeling speed of 0.3 m / min and 60 m / min.
(13)離型フィルムの塗膜密着性(実用特性代用評価):
 試料フィルムを恒温恒湿槽中、60℃、80%RH雰囲気下、4週間放置した後に試料フィルムを取り出した。その後、試料フィルムの離型面を触手により5回擦り、離型層の脱落程度を下記判定基準により判定を行った。
《判定基準》
 A:塗膜の脱落が見られない(実用可能なレベル)
 B:塗膜が白くなるが脱落はしていない(実用可能なレベル〉
 C:塗膜の脱落が確認された(実用困難なレベル)
(13) Coating film adhesion of release film (practical property substitution evaluation):
The sample film was left in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 60 ° C. and 80% RH for 4 weeks, and then the sample film was taken out. Thereafter, the release surface of the sample film was rubbed with a tentacle five times, and the degree of release of the release layer was determined according to the following criteria.
<Criteria>
A: Coating film is not removed (practical level)
B: The coating film turns white but does not fall off (practical level)
C: The drop of the coating was confirmed (practical level)
(14)第1離型フィルム、第2離型フィルムの剥離性評価:
(実用特性代用評価)
 第1離型フィルム剥離時、第2離型層と粘着剤層界面の状況につき、下記判定基準により、官能評価を行った。
《判定基準》
 A:第2離型層と粘着剤層界面に異常が見られない(実用上、問題ないレベル)。
 B:第2離型層と粘着剤層界面で、わずかに浮きが見られる(実用上問題になる場合があるレベル)。
 C:第2離型層と粘着剤層界面で、明確な浮きが見られる(実用上、問題あるレベル)。
(14) Evaluation of peelability of first release film and second release film:
(Practical property substitution evaluation)
At the time of peeling the first release film, sensory evaluation was performed according to the following criteria for the situation of the interface between the second release layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
<Criteria>
A: No abnormality is observed at the interface between the second release layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (a level that causes no problem in practice).
B: Slight floating is observed at the interface between the second release layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (a level that may cause a practical problem).
C: Clear floating is observed at the interface between the second release layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (practically problematic level).
(15)移行性評価:
 基材レス両面粘着シートの製造において、ロール汚れの有無を確認し、下記判定基準により、官能評価を行った。
《判定基準》
 A:ロールは汚れていない(実用上、問題ないレベル)。
 B:ロールが移行成分で、わずかに汚れている(実用上問題になる場合があるレベル)。
 C:ロールが移行成分で汚れ、転写汚れを生じている(実用上、問題あるレベル)。
(15) Migration assessment:
In the production of the substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the presence or absence of roll dirt was confirmed, and sensory evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
<Criteria>
A: The roll is not soiled (practically problematic level).
B: The roll is a migration component and is slightly soiled (a level that may cause a practical problem).
C: The roll is soiled with transfer components and causes transfer stain (practically problematic level).
(16)離型フィルムの表面固有抵抗(R):
 下記(6-1)の方法に基づき、試料フィルムの離型層表面における表面固有抵抗を測定した。(6-1)の方法では、1×10Ωより高い表面固有抵抗は測定できないため、(6-1)で測定できなかったサンプルについては(6-2)の方法を用いた。
《測定方法》
(6-1)三菱化学社製低抵抗率計:ロレスタGP MCP-T600を使用し、23℃、50%RHの測定雰囲気でサンプルを30分間調湿後、表面固有抵抗値を測定した。
(6-2)日本ヒューレット・パッカード社製高抵抗測定器:HP4339Bおよび測定電極:HP16008Bを使用し、23℃,50%RHの測定雰囲気でサンプルを30分間調湿後、表面固有抵抗値を測定した。
《判定基準》
 A:R(Ω)が1×10以下(実用可能なレベル、特に良好)
 B:R(Ω)が1×10以下(実用可能なレベル)
 C:R(Ω)が1×1010以下(実用上、問題になる場合があるレベル)
 D:R(Ω)が1×1010を超える(実用困難なレベル)
(16) Surface resistivity (R) of release film:
Based on the following method (6-1), the surface resistivity of the sample film on the surface of the release layer was measured. In the method (6-1), since the surface resistivity higher than 1 × 10 8 Ω cannot be measured, the method (6-2) was used for the sample that could not be measured in (6-1).
"Measuring method"
(6-1) Low resistivity meter manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd .: Loresta GP MCP-T600 was used, the sample was conditioned for 30 minutes in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, and then the surface resistivity was measured.
(6-2) Using a high resistance measuring instrument manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Japan: HP4339B and measuring electrode: HP16008B, the sample was conditioned in a measurement atmosphere at 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 30 minutes, and the surface resistivity was measured. did.
<Criteria>
A: R (Ω) is 1 × 10 8 or less (practical level, particularly good)
B: R (Ω) is 1 × 10 9 or less (practical level)
C: R (Ω) is 1 × 10 10 or less (a level that may cause a problem in practical use)
D: R (Ω) exceeds 1 × 10 10 (practical level)
 実施例および比較例において使用したポリエステルは、以下のようにして準備したものである。
<ポリエステルの製造>
・ポリエステル(1)
 テレフタル酸ジメチル100重量部とエチレングリコール60重量部とを出発原料とし、触媒として酢酸マグネシウム・四水塩0.09重量部を反応器にとり、反応開始温度を150℃とし、メタノールの留去とともに徐々に反応温度を上昇させ、3時間後に230℃とした。4時間後実質的にエステル交換反応を終了させた。この反応混合物にエチルアシッドフォスフェート0.04部を添加した後、平均粒子径1.6μmのエチレングリコールに分散させたシリカ粒子を0.06部、三酸化アンチモン0.04部を加えて、4時間重縮合反応を行った。すなわち、温度を230℃から徐々に昇温し280℃とした。一方、圧力は常圧より徐々に減じ、最終的には0.3mmHgとした。反応開始後、4時間を経た時点で反応を停止し、窒素加圧下ポリマーを吐出させた。得られたポリエステル(1)の極限粘度は0.53であった。
The polyester used in the examples and comparative examples was prepared as follows.
<Manufacture of polyester>
・ Polyester (1)
Using 100 parts by weight of dimethyl terephthalate and 60 parts by weight of ethylene glycol as starting materials, 0.09 parts by weight of magnesium acetate tetrahydrate as a catalyst is placed in the reactor, the reaction start temperature is set to 150 ° C., and the methanol is distilled off gradually. The reaction temperature was raised to 230 ° C. after 3 hours. After 4 hours, the transesterification reaction was substantially terminated. After adding 0.04 part of ethyl acid phosphate to the reaction mixture, 0.06 part of silica particles dispersed in ethylene glycol having an average particle diameter of 1.6 μm and 0.04 part of antimony trioxide were added, and 4 A time polycondensation reaction was performed. That is, the temperature was gradually raised from 230 ° C. to 280 ° C. On the other hand, the pressure was gradually reduced from normal pressure, and finally 0.3 mmHg. After 4 hours from the start of the reaction, the reaction was stopped and the polymer was discharged under nitrogen pressure. The intrinsic viscosity of the obtained polyester (1) was 0.53.
実施例1-1:
<ポリエステルフィルムの製造>
 前記ポリエステル(1)を原料として、ベント付き押出機に供給し、290℃で溶融押出した後、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を40℃に設定した冷却ロール上で冷却固化して厚さ約550μmの無定形フィルムを得た。
 このフィルムを85℃で縦方向に3.7倍延伸し、100℃で横方向に3.9倍延伸し、210℃で熱処理して、厚さ38μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
Example 1-1
<Manufacture of polyester film>
The polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method. An amorphous film having a thickness of about 550 μm was obtained.
This film was stretched 3.7 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.9 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 38 μm.
 得られたポリエステルフィルムに、下記に示す離型剤組成-Aからなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.12g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗布し、ドライヤー温度150℃、ライン速度30m/分の条件でロール状の離型ポリエステルフィルムを得た。 A release agent composed of release agent composition-A shown below was applied to the obtained polyester film by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.12 g / m 2 , and a dryer temperature of 150 A roll-shaped release polyester film was obtained under the conditions of ° C and a line speed of 30 m / min.
<離型剤化合物>
・a1:メチル基とヘキセニル基とフェニル基の比が100:1:0.1である前記一般式(I)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
・a2:メチル基とビニル基の比が100:0.2である前記一般式(II)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
・a3:メチル基とヒドロシリル基の比が100:1.5である前記一般式(III)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
・a4:メチル基とヒドロシリル基の比が100:0.4である前記一般式(III)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
・b1:前記一般式(IV)のの未反応性シリコーン樹脂(分子量80000)
・c1:付加型白金触媒(PL-50T:信越化学工業製)
<Release agent compound>
A1: A curable silicone resin of the above general formula (I) having a ratio of methyl group, hexenyl group and phenyl group of 100: 1: 0.1 (molecular weight 200000)
A2: a curable silicone resin of the above general formula (II) in which the ratio of methyl group to vinyl group is 100: 0.2 (molecular weight 200000)
A3: curable silicone resin of general formula (III) in which the ratio of methyl group to hydrosilyl group is 100: 1.5 (molecular weight 200000)
A4: curable silicone resin of general formula (III) in which the ratio of methyl group to hydrosilyl group is 100: 0.4 (molecular weight 200000)
B1: Unreactive silicone resin of the general formula (IV) (molecular weight 80000)
・ C1: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<離型剤組成-A>
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a1   20部
 未反応性シリコーン樹脂b1 0.2部
付加型白金触媒c1      0.2部
 MEK/トルエン混合溶媒(混合比率は1:1)
<Releasing agent composition-A>
Curable silicone resin a1 20 parts Unreactive silicone resin b1 0.2 part addition type platinum catalyst c1 0.2 part MEK / toluene mixed solvent (mixing ratio is 1: 1)
実施例1-2~1-5および比較例1-1~1-7:
 実施例1-1において、離型剤組成を下記表2に示す塗布剤組成に変更する以外は実施例1と同様にして製造し、離型フィルムを得た。得られた結果をまとめて下記表3に示す。
Examples 1-2 to 1-5 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-7:
A release film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the release agent composition in Example 1-1 was changed to the coating composition shown in Table 2 below. The obtained results are summarized in Table 3 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 
実施例2-1:
 実施例1-1と同様にして厚さ38μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
 次に下記塗布剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.05g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗布した後、120℃、30秒間熱処理した。
塗布層を構成する化合物例は以下のとおりである。
Example 2-1
A biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 38 μm was obtained in the same manner as Example 1-1.
Next, the following coating agent was applied by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.05 g / m 2, and then heat-treated at 120 ° C. for 30 seconds.
Examples of compounds constituting the coating layer are as follows.
(化合物例)
・アルミニウム元素を有する有機化合物:(A1)
 アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)
・スズ元素を有する有機化合物:(A2)
 ジオクチルジアセトキシスズ
・有機珪素化合物:(B1)
 2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン
(Example compounds)
-Organic compound having an aluminum element: (A1)
Aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate)
・ Organic compound containing tin element: (A2)
Dioctyldiacetoxytin / organosilicon compound: (B1)
2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane
<塗布剤組成>
 アルミニウム元素を有する有機化合物(A1):33重量%
 有機珪素化合物(B1):67重量%
上記塗布剤をトルエン/MEK混合溶媒(混合比率は1:4)にて希釈し、4重量%と した。
<Coating composition>
Organic compound having aluminum element (A1): 33% by weight
Organosilicon compound (B1): 67% by weight
The coating agent was diluted with a toluene / MEK mixed solvent (mixing ratio was 1: 4) to 4 wt%.
 その後、塗布層上に下記に示す離型剤組成からなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.12g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗布し、ドライヤー温度150℃、ライン速度30m/分の条件でロール状の離型ポリエステルフィルムを得た。 Thereafter, a release agent having a release agent composition shown below is applied on the coating layer by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) is 0.12 g / m 2 , the dryer temperature is 150 ° C., the line A roll-shaped release polyester film was obtained under the condition of a speed of 30 m / min.
<離型剤化合物>
a1:メチル基とヘキセニル基とフェニル基の比が100:1:0.1である前記一般式(I)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
a2:メチル基とビニル基の比が100:0.2である前記一般式(II)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
a3:メチル基とヒドロシリル基の比が100:1.5である前記一般式(III)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
a4:メチル基とヒドロシリル基の比が100:0.4である前記一般式(III)の硬化型シリコーン樹脂(分子量200000)
b1:前記一般式(IV)のの未反応性シリコーン樹脂(分子量80000)
c1:付加型白金触媒(PL-50T:信越化学工業製)
<Release agent compound>
a1: Curable silicone resin of the above general formula (I) (molecular weight 200000) in which the ratio of methyl group, hexenyl group and phenyl group is 100: 1: 0.1
a2: A curable silicone resin of the general formula (II) having a ratio of methyl group to vinyl group of 100: 0.2 (molecular weight 200000)
a3: The curable silicone resin of the general formula (III) having a ratio of methyl group to hydrosilyl group of 100: 1.5 (molecular weight 200000)
a4: Curable silicone resin of the above general formula (III) having a ratio of methyl group to hydrosilyl group of 100: 0.4 (molecular weight 200000)
b1: Unreactive silicone resin of the general formula (IV) (molecular weight 80000)
c1: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
実施例2-2~2-8および比較例2-1~2-9:
 実施例2-1において、塗布剤組成を下記表4に示す塗布剤組成に変更し、離型剤組成を下記表5に示す離型剤組成に変更する以外は実施例2-1と同様にして製造し、離型フィルムを得た。上記実施例および比較例で得られた各離型フィルムの特性を下記表6に示す。
Examples 2-2 to 2-8 and comparative examples 2-1 to 2-9:
In Example 2-1, the coating agent composition was changed to the coating agent composition shown in Table 4 below, and the releasing agent composition was changed to the release agent composition shown in Table 5 below, in the same manner as in Example 2-1. A release film was obtained. The properties of the release films obtained in the above examples and comparative examples are shown in Table 6 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 
実施例3-1:
(ポリエステルフィルムの製造)
 ・ポリエステルフィルム-1(50μm)
 前記ポリエステル(1)を原料として、ベント付き押出機に供給し、290℃で溶融押出した後、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を40℃に設定した冷却ロール上で冷却固化して厚さ約600μmの無定形フィルムを得た。このフィルムを85℃で縦方向に3.3倍延伸し、100℃で横方向に3.6倍延伸し、210℃で熱処理して、厚さ50μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
Example 3-1
(Manufacture of polyester film)
・ Polyester film-1 (50μm)
The polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method. An amorphous film having a thickness of about 600 μm was obtained. This film was stretched 3.3 times in the machine direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 50 μm.
 ・ポリエステルフィルム-2(100μm)
 前記ポリエステル(1)を原料として、ベント付き押出機に供給し、290℃で溶融押出した後、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を40℃に設定した冷却ロール上で冷却固化して厚さ約1200μmの無定形フィルムを得た。このフィルムを85℃で縦方向に3.3倍延伸し、100℃で横方向に3.6倍延伸し、210℃で熱処理して、厚さ100μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
・ Polyester film-2 (100μm)
The polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method. An amorphous film having a thickness of about 1200 μm was obtained. This film was stretched 3.3 times in the machine direction at 85 ° C., stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C., and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 100 μm.
<第1離型フィルムの製造>
 ポリエステルフィルム-1に下記離型剤組成Aからなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.1g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗設し、150℃、30秒間熱処理した後に第1離型フィルムを得た。
<Manufacture of first release film>
A release agent comprising the following release agent composition A was applied to polyester film-1 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2, and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. A first release film was obtained later.
<離型剤化合物>
 a1:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(LTC310:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
 a2:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(LTC303E:東レ・ダウコーニング製 移行成分含有率15%)
 a3:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(KS-847H:信越化学工業製)
 a4:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(SD-7292:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
 b1:質量平均分子量400000以上の未反応性シリコーン樹脂
 c1:付加型白金触媒(SRX212:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
 c2:付加型白金触媒(PL-50T:信越化学工業製)
<Release agent compound>
a1: Curing type silicone resin (LTC310: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
a2: curable silicone resin (LTC303E: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, transition component content 15%)
a3: curable silicone resin (KS-847H: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
a4: curable silicone resin (SD-7292: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
b1: Unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more c1: Addition type platinum catalyst (SRX212: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
c2: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<離型剤組成-A>
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a1 20部
 未反応性シリコーン樹脂b1 0.2部
 付加型白金触媒c1 0.2部
 MEK/トルエン混合溶媒(混合比率は1:1)
<Releasing agent composition-A>
Curable silicone resin a1 20 parts Unreactive silicone resin b1 0.2 part Addition type platinum catalyst c1 0.2 part MEK / toluene mixed solvent (mixing ratio is 1: 1)
<第2離型フィルムの製造>
 ポリエステルフィルム-2に下記離型剤組成Bからなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.1g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗設し、150℃、30秒間熱処理した後に第2離型フィルムを得た。
<Manufacture of second release film>
A release agent comprising the following release agent composition B was applied to polyester film-2 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2 and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. Later, a second release film was obtained.
<離型剤組成-B>
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a3  19部
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a4   1部
 付加型白金触媒c1    0.2部
 MEK/トルエン混合溶媒(混合比率は1:1)
<Releasing agent composition-B>
Curable silicone resin a3 19 parts Curable silicone resin a4 1 part Addition type platinum catalyst c1 0.2 part MEK / toluene mixed solvent (mixing ratio is 1: 1)
<基材レス両面粘着シートの製造>
 得られた第2離型フィルムの離型層上に、下記アクリル系粘着剤組成物から構成される塗布液を塗工した後、100℃、5分間熱処理し、塗布量(乾燥後)が50μmの粘着剤層を得た。
<Manufacture of substrate-less double-sided PSA sheet>
On the release layer of the obtained 2nd release film, after apply | coating the coating liquid comprised from the following acrylic adhesive composition, it heat-processed for 5 minutes at 100 degreeC, and the application quantity (after drying) is 50 micrometers. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained.
<粘着層形成用組成物>
 2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート75質量部と、酢酸ビニル20質量部と、アクリル酸5質量部の3成分をランダム共重合してなるアクリル酸エステル共重合体(Mw=540000 Mn=67000 Mw/Mn=8 理論Tg-50℃)1kgに対し、光重合性開始剤として4-フェニルベンゾフェノンを20g混合して粘着層を形成した。
<Adhesive layer forming composition>
Acrylate ester copolymer (Mw = 540000 Mn = 67000 Mw / Mn = 8) obtained by random copolymerization of three components of 75 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 20 parts by mass of vinyl acetate, and 5 parts by mass of acrylic acid Tg-50 ° C) 1 kg was mixed with 20 g of 4-phenylbenzophenone as a photopolymerization initiator to form an adhesive layer.
 次に露出する粘着層表面に第1離型フィルムを貼りあわせて、基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。 Next, the first release film was bonded to the exposed adhesive layer surface to obtain a substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet.
実施例3-2~3-4および比較例3-1~3-4:
 実施例3-1において、離型剤組成、ポリエステルフィルム基材厚みを下記表7、表8に示す通り変更する以外は実施例3-1と同様にして製造し、第1離型フィルム、第2離型フィルムを得た。その後、両者を用いて粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせて、基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。上記実施例および比較例で得られた各離型フィルムの特性を表8に示す。 
Examples 3-2 to 3-4 and Comparative Examples 3-1 to 3-4:
In Example 3-1, except that the release agent composition and the polyester film substrate thickness were changed as shown in Tables 7 and 8 below, the production was performed in the same manner as in Example 3-1, and the first release film, A two release film was obtained. Then, it bonded together through the adhesive layer using both, and obtained the base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet. Table 8 shows the characteristics of the release films obtained in the above Examples and Comparative Examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 
実施例4-1
(ポリエステルフィルムの製造)
 ・ポリエステルフィルム-1(50μm)
 前記ポリエステル(1)を原料として、ベント付き押出機に供給し、290℃で溶融押出した後、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を40℃に設定した冷却ロール上で冷却固化して厚さ約600μmの無定形フィルムを得た。このフィルムを85℃で縦方向に3.3倍延伸し、下記塗布剤組成から構成される塗布層を塗布厚み(乾燥後)が0.03g/mになるように塗布した後、100℃で横方向に3.6倍延伸し、210℃で熱処理して、厚さ50μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
Example 4-1
(Manufacture of polyester film)
・ Polyester film-1 (50μm)
The polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method. An amorphous film having a thickness of about 600 μm was obtained. The film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., and a coating layer composed of the following coating agent composition was applied so that the coating thickness (after drying) was 0.03 g / m 2 , and then 100 ° C. The film was stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction and heat treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 50 μm.
 ・ポリエステルフィルム-2(100μm)
 前記ポリエステル(1)を原料として、ベント付き押出機に供給し、290℃で溶融押出した後、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を40℃に設定した冷却ロール上で冷却固化して厚さ約1200μmの無定形フィルムを得た。このフィルムを85℃で縦方向に3.3倍延伸し、下記塗布剤組成から構成される塗布層を塗布厚み(乾燥後)が0.03g/mになるように塗布した後、100℃で横方向に3.6倍延伸し、210℃で熱処理して、厚さ100μmの二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
・ Polyester film-2 (100μm)
The polyester (1) as a raw material is supplied to an extruder with a vent, melt-extruded at 290 ° C., and then cooled and solidified on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set to 40 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method. An amorphous film having a thickness of about 1200 μm was obtained. The film was stretched 3.3 times in the longitudinal direction at 85 ° C., and a coating layer composed of the following coating agent composition was applied so that the coating thickness (after drying) was 0.03 g / m 2 , and then 100 ° C. The film was stretched 3.6 times in the transverse direction and heat-treated at 210 ° C. to obtain a biaxially stretched polyester film having a thickness of 100 μm.
<塗布剤組成> 
(A):ポリエチレンジオキシチオフェンとポリスチレンスルホン酸からなる、スタルク株式会社製 BaytronPAG
(B):ポリウレタン樹脂
 テレフタル酸664部、イソフタル酸631部、1,4-ブタンジオール472部、ネオペンチルグリコール447部から成るポリエステルポリオールを得た。次いで、得られたポリエステルポリオールに、アジピン酸321部、ジメチロールプロピオン酸268部を加え、ペンダントカルボキシル基含有ポリエステルポリオールを得た。さらに、前記ポリエステルポリオール1880部にヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート160部を加えてポリウレタン樹脂水性塗料を得た。
(C):前記式(3)でn=1であるグリセリン
<Coating composition>
(A): Baytron PAG manufactured by Starck Co., Ltd., consisting of polyethylene dioxythiophene and polystyrene sulfonic acid
(B): Polyurethane resin A polyester polyol comprising 664 parts of terephthalic acid, 631 parts of isophthalic acid, 472 parts of 1,4-butanediol, and 447 parts of neopentyl glycol was obtained. Next, 321 parts of adipic acid and 268 parts of dimethylolpropionic acid were added to the obtained polyester polyol to obtain a pendant carboxyl group-containing polyester polyol. Further, 160 parts of hexamethylene diisocyanate was added to 1880 parts of the polyester polyol to obtain an aqueous polyurethane resin coating.
(C): Glycerin where n = 1 in the formula (3)
 A/B/C=40/40/20(重量%) A / B / C = 40/40/20 (% by weight)
<第1離型フィルムの製造>
 ポリエステルフィルム-1に下記離型剤組成Aからなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.1g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗設し、150℃、30秒間熱処理した後に第1離型フィルムを得た。
<離型剤化合物>
a1:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(LTC310:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
a2:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(LTC303E:東レ・ダウコーニング製 移行成分含有率15%)
a3:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(KS-847H:信越化学工業製)
a4:硬化型シリコーン樹脂(SD-7292:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
b1:質量平均分子量400000以上の未反応性シリコーン樹脂
c1:付加型白金触媒(SRX212:東レ・ダウコーニング製)
c2:付加型白金触媒(PL-50T:信越化学工業製)
<Manufacture of first release film>
A release agent comprising the following release agent composition A was applied to polyester film-1 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2, and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. A first release film was obtained later.
<Release agent compound>
a1: Curing type silicone resin (LTC310: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
a2: curable silicone resin (LTC303E: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, transition component content 15%)
a3: curable silicone resin (KS-847H: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
a4: curable silicone resin (SD-7292: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
b1: Unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more c1: Addition type platinum catalyst (SRX212: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning)
c2: Addition type platinum catalyst (PL-50T: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<離型剤組成-A>
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a1   20部
 未反応性シリコーン樹脂b1 0.2部
付加型白金触媒c1      0.2部
 MEK/トルエン混合溶媒(混合比率は1:1)
<Releasing agent composition-A>
Curable silicone resin a1 20 parts Unreactive silicone resin b1 0.2 part addition type platinum catalyst c1 0.2 part MEK / toluene mixed solvent (mixing ratio is 1: 1)
<第2離型フィルムの製造>
 ポリエステルフィルム-2に下記離型剤組成Bからなる離型剤を塗布量(乾燥後)が0.1g/mになるようにリバースグラビアコート方式により塗設し、150℃、30秒間熱処理した後に第2離型フィルムを得た。
<Manufacture of second release film>
A release agent comprising the following release agent composition B was applied to polyester film-2 by a reverse gravure coating method so that the coating amount (after drying) was 0.1 g / m 2 and heat-treated at 150 ° C. for 30 seconds. Later, a second release film was obtained.
<離型剤組成-B>
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a3  19部
 硬化型シリコーン樹脂a4   1部
 付加型白金触媒c1    0.2部
 MEK/トルエン混合溶媒(混合比率は1:1)
<Releasing agent composition-B>
Curable silicone resin a3 19 parts Curable silicone resin a4 1 part Addition type platinum catalyst c1 0.2 part MEK / toluene mixed solvent (mixing ratio is 1: 1)
<基材レス両面粘着シートの製造>
 得られた第2離型フィルムの離型層上に、下記アクリル系粘着剤組成物から構成される塗布液を塗工した後、100℃、5分間熱処理し、塗布量(乾燥後)が50μmの粘着剤層を得た。
<Manufacture of substrate-less double-sided PSA sheet>
On the release layer of the obtained 2nd release film, after apply | coating the coating liquid comprised from the following acrylic adhesive composition, it heat-processed for 5 minutes at 100 degreeC, and the application quantity (after drying) is 50 micrometers. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained.
<粘着層形成用組成物>
 2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート75質量部と、酢酸ビニル20質量部と、アクリル酸5質量部の3成分をランダム共重合してなるアクリル酸エステル共重合体(Mw=540000 Mn=67000 Mw/Mn=8 理論Tg-50℃)1kgに対し、光重合性開始剤として4-フェニルベンゾフェノンを20g混合して粘着層を形成した。
<Adhesive layer forming composition>
Acrylate ester copolymer (Mw = 540000 Mn = 67000 Mw / Mn = 8) obtained by random copolymerization of three components of 75 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 20 parts by mass of vinyl acetate, and 5 parts by mass of acrylic acid Tg-50 ° C) 1 kg was mixed with 20 g of 4-phenylbenzophenone as a photopolymerization initiator to form an adhesive layer.
 次に露出する粘着層表面に第1離型フィルムを貼りあわせて、基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。 Next, the first release film was bonded to the exposed adhesive layer surface to obtain a substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet.
実施例4-2~4-5および比較例4-1~4-6:
 実施例4-1において、塗布剤組成、離型剤組成、ポリエステルフィルム基材厚みを下記表9、表10に示す通り変更する以外は実施例4-1と同様にして製造し、第1離型フィルム、第2離型フィルムを得た。その後、両者を用いて粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせて、基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。上記実施例および比較例で得られた各離型フィルムの特性を下記表11、表12に示す。
Examples 4-2 to 4-5 and comparative examples 4-1 to 4-6:
In Example 4-1, a coating agent composition, a release agent composition, and a polyester film substrate thickness were prepared in the same manner as in Example 4-1, except that the thicknesses were changed as shown in Tables 9 and 10 below. A mold film and a second release film were obtained. Then, it bonded together through the adhesive layer using both, and obtained the base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet. The characteristics of the release films obtained in the above examples and comparative examples are shown in Tables 11 and 12 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 
 本発明の離型フィルムは、粘着剤からの離型性が良好で、移行性が少なく、例えば、静電容量方式のタッチパネル製造用等、液晶ディスプレイ(LCD)に用いられる偏光板、位相差板等のLCD構成部材製造用、プラズマディスプレイパネル構成部材製造用、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス構成部材製造用等、各種ディスプレイ構成部材製造用のほか、各種粘着剤層保護用途に好適に利用できる。 The release film of the present invention has good releasability from the pressure-sensitive adhesive and less migration, for example, for polarizing plate and retardation plate used for liquid crystal display (LCD) for manufacturing capacitive touch panels. In addition to the production of various display components, such as for the production of LCD components such as, for the production of plasma display panel components, for the production of organic electroluminescence components, etc., it can be suitably used for various adhesive layer protection applications.
 1 基材レス両面粘着シート
 2 粘着剤層
 3 第1離型フィルム基材
 4 第1離型剤層
 5 第2離型フィルム基材
 6 第2離型剤層
 7 第1離型フィルム(軽剥離側)
 8 第2離型フィルム(重剥離側)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 2 Adhesive layer 3 First release film substrate 4 First release agent layer 5 Second release film substrate 6 Second release agent layer 7 First release film (light release side)
8 Second release film (heavy release side)

Claims (7)

  1.  官能基を有する反応性シリコーン樹脂と、未反応性シリコーン樹脂と、白金系触媒とを含有する塗布液から形成されたシリコーン系離型層をポリエステルフィルムの片面に有することを特徴とする離型フィルム。 A release film having a silicone release layer formed from a coating solution containing a reactive silicone resin having a functional group, an unreactive silicone resin, and a platinum catalyst on one side of the polyester film .
  2.  前記シリコーン系離型層が、ヘキセニル基、ビニル基、フェニル基、およびヒドロシリル基を官能基として有する反応性シリコーン樹脂と、質量平均分子量が50000~100000の未反応性シリコーン樹脂と、白金系触媒とを含有する塗布液から形成される請求項1に記載の離型フィルム。 The silicone release layer includes a reactive silicone resin having a hexenyl group, a vinyl group, a phenyl group, and a hydrosilyl group as functional groups, an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 50,000 to 100,000, a platinum catalyst, The release film of Claim 1 formed from the coating liquid containing this.
  3.  ポリエステルフィルムの片面に塗布層と前記シリコーン系離型層とが順次設けられた離型フィルムであり、塗布層が有機珪素化合物を含み、かつ離型フィルムを180℃で10分間加熱した後のシリコーン系離型層表面のポリエステルオリゴマー量が2.0mg/m以下である請求項1または2に記載の離型フィルム。 A release film in which a coating layer and the silicone-based release layer are sequentially provided on one side of a polyester film, the coating layer contains an organosilicon compound, and the silicone after heating the release film at 180 ° C. for 10 minutes The release film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the amount of the polyester oligomer on the surface of the release layer is 2.0 mg / m 2 or less.
  4.  前記塗布層にアルミニウムを含む有機化合物を含有する請求項3に記載の離型フィルム。 The release film according to claim 3, wherein the coating layer contains an organic compound containing aluminum.
  5.  前記シリコーン系離型層が、アルケニル基およびアルキル基を官能基として有する反応性シリコーン樹脂と、質量平均分子量が400000以上の未反応性シリコーン樹脂と、白金系触媒とを含有する塗布液から形成される請求項1に記載の離型フィルム。 The silicone release layer is formed from a coating solution containing a reactive silicone resin having an alkenyl group and an alkyl group as a functional group, an unreactive silicone resin having a mass average molecular weight of 400,000 or more, and a platinum catalyst. The release film according to claim 1.
  6.  請求項5に記載の離型フィルム(第1離型フィルム)、粘着層、当該第1離型フィルムより剥離力が大きい離型フィルム(第2離型フィルム)の順番に積層されてなる基材レス両面粘着シートであり、
     当該第1離型フィルムと粘着層において、0.3m/分の低速剥離力が10~20mN/cmであり、かつ60m/分の高速剥離力が90mN/cm以下であることを特徴とする基材レス両面粘着シート。
    The base material by which the release film (1st release film) of Claim 5 is laminated | stacked in order of the adhesive layer and the release film (2nd release film) whose peeling force is larger than the said 1st release film. A double-sided adhesive sheet,
    In the first release film and the adhesive layer, a low-speed peel force of 0.3 m / min is 10 to 20 mN / cm, and a high-speed peel force of 60 m / min is 90 mN / cm or less. Material-less double-sided adhesive sheet.
  7.  前記第1離型フィルムのポリエステルフィルム上に導電性化合物(A)とバインダーポリマー(B)とを含有する塗布層が積層され、当該塗布層上に離型層が積層されてなる請求項6に記載の基材レス両面粘着シート。 The coating layer containing a conductive compound (A) and a binder polymer (B) is laminated on the polyester film of the first release film, and the release layer is laminated on the coating layer. The base-material-less double-sided adhesive sheet of description.
PCT/JP2016/055619 2015-03-23 2016-02-25 Mold release film WO2016152369A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177020503A KR101998239B1 (en) 2015-03-23 2016-02-25 Release film
CN201680014093.0A CN107428135B (en) 2015-03-23 2016-02-25 Mold release film

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-059601 2015-03-23
JP2015059601A JP6488805B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2015-03-23 Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2015-067804 2015-03-30
JP2015-067802 2015-03-30
JP2015067802A JP2016188265A (en) 2015-03-30 2015-03-30 Release film
JP2015067803A JP6488819B2 (en) 2015-03-30 2015-03-30 Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2015-067803 2015-03-30
JP2015067804A JP2016187871A (en) 2015-03-30 2015-03-30 Release film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016152369A1 true WO2016152369A1 (en) 2016-09-29

Family

ID=56977326

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/055619 WO2016152369A1 (en) 2015-03-23 2016-02-25 Mold release film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101998239B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107428135B (en)
TW (1) TWI752902B (en)
WO (1) WO2016152369A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017154333A (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-07 東レフィルム加工株式会社 Release film
JP2020100763A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 信越化学工業株式会社 Silicone release agent composition, release sheet and release film
JP2020100748A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having release film and method for manufacturing the same
CN113950409A (en) * 2019-12-17 2022-01-18 东洋纺株式会社 Laminated body

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107868623A (en) * 2017-10-18 2018-04-03 嘉善宇达电子有限公司 One kind can resistant to elevated temperatures double faced adhesive tape
KR102240076B1 (en) * 2017-11-10 2021-04-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Release composition and release film comprising release layer comprising cured product of the same
JP7304143B2 (en) * 2018-02-13 2023-07-06 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet laminate
KR101973155B1 (en) * 2018-12-10 2019-04-26 (주)딥스원에듀 Dot film, multi-layers optic sheet and smart electric board
KR102306997B1 (en) 2019-11-11 2021-09-29 도레이첨단소재 주식회사 Release film for ultra-light release
KR102227259B1 (en) * 2019-12-12 2021-03-11 도레이첨단소재 주식회사 Adhesive composition for carrier film and carrier film comprising the same
JP2022038978A (en) * 2020-08-27 2022-03-10 日東電工株式会社 Optical laminate and method of manufacturing polarizing plate using the same
CN114654626A (en) * 2022-03-18 2022-06-24 惠州市金亮丽塑胶制品有限公司 Composite plastic processing release agent and preparation method thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001179892A (en) * 1999-12-22 2001-07-03 Teijin Ltd Release film
JP2009533256A (en) * 2007-03-16 2009-09-17 トウレ セハン インコーポレイテッド Antistatic silicone release film
JP2011132524A (en) * 2009-11-30 2011-07-07 Adoweru:Kk Release agent composition and release liner using the same
JP2012159548A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-08-23 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Mold-release polyester film for polarizing plate
JP2015208898A (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-11-24 三菱樹脂株式会社 Polyester film

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4941909B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2012-05-30 東レフィルム加工株式会社 Release film
JP4837613B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2011-12-14 リンテック株式会社 Release film and method for producing release film
JP2012025088A (en) 2010-07-27 2012-02-09 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Polyester film for substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
KR101707863B1 (en) * 2010-12-27 2017-02-17 미쓰비시 쥬시 가부시끼가이샤 Mold release film
JP2012179888A (en) 2011-02-09 2012-09-20 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Polyester film for substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2012223904A (en) * 2011-04-15 2012-11-15 Nitto Denko Corp Transparent resin film with pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, laminated film, and touch panel
JP2012224011A (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-11-15 Lintec Corp Release film for ceramic green sheet manufacturing process
JP6081123B2 (en) * 2011-10-08 2017-02-15 三菱樹脂株式会社 Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
CN104781359B (en) * 2012-11-22 2017-04-05 三菱树脂株式会社 Without base material double-sided adhesive sheet

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001179892A (en) * 1999-12-22 2001-07-03 Teijin Ltd Release film
JP2009533256A (en) * 2007-03-16 2009-09-17 トウレ セハン インコーポレイテッド Antistatic silicone release film
JP2011132524A (en) * 2009-11-30 2011-07-07 Adoweru:Kk Release agent composition and release liner using the same
JP2012159548A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-08-23 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Mold-release polyester film for polarizing plate
JP2015208898A (en) * 2014-04-25 2015-11-24 三菱樹脂株式会社 Polyester film

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017154333A (en) * 2016-03-01 2017-09-07 東レフィルム加工株式会社 Release film
JP2020100748A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having release film and method for manufacturing the same
JP7285641B2 (en) 2018-12-21 2023-06-02 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet with release film and method for producing the same
JP2020100763A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 信越化学工業株式会社 Silicone release agent composition, release sheet and release film
WO2020137835A1 (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 信越化学工業株式会社 Silicone release agent composition, release sheet and release film
CN113950409A (en) * 2019-12-17 2022-01-18 东洋纺株式会社 Laminated body

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20170099980A (en) 2017-09-01
KR101998239B1 (en) 2019-07-09
TWI752902B (en) 2022-01-21
CN107428135A (en) 2017-12-01
TW201704011A (en) 2017-02-01
CN107428135B (en) 2019-12-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016152369A1 (en) Mold release film
WO2014097757A1 (en) Base-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP7234929B2 (en) release film and laminate
JP5467752B2 (en) Biaxially stretched polyester film
JP6390150B2 (en) Polyester film
JP7003915B2 (en) Release film
WO2018066618A1 (en) Laminated polyester film
WO2014080715A1 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6488805B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
WO2015046137A1 (en) Release film and substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
JP2015078251A (en) Base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6091202B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6488819B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2015074732A (en) Base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2015091905A (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6001437B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6001436B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP6046462B2 (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2013156458A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for optical base material
JP2018058269A (en) Laminated polyester film
JP2016187871A (en) Release film
JP2014152278A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for optical substrate
JP2015091904A (en) Substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet
JP2018058365A (en) Laminated polyester film
JP2015077686A (en) Base material-less double-sided adhesive sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16768272

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177020503

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16768272

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1